PGG Wrightson Limited logo

Annual & Sustainability Reports for Year to 30 June 2025

Annual Report15 September 2025PGWIndustrials

For the year ended 30 June 2025
|

Mō te tau i mutu i te 30 Hune 2025

Pūrongo ā-tau

Annual Report

ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|

1

Cover: Peter McCusker, PGW Wool Representative (R), discusses PGW and

Norsewear’s exciting new partnership to build a new value chain for wool

growers with Tim Deane, owner of Norsewear (C), and Andrew Jamison (L),

Manager of Meikleburn Station, near Fairlie, South Canterbury.

Annual Shareholders’ Meeting 14 October 2025

Half-year earnings announcement 24 February 2026

Year-end earnings announcement

11 August 2026

Calendar

|

Maramataka

Sustainability

|

Toitūtanga

As part of our commitment to sustainability, this Annual Report

is printed using soy-based inks, no chemicals have been used in

the process of platemaking and the Annual Report is printed on

environmentally responsible paper, produced using Elemental

Chlorine Free (ECF), third party certified pulp from responsible

sources, and manufactured under the strict ISO14001

Environmental Management System.

Contents | Ngā Kaupapa

OUR YEAR

2025 Financial Year Performance Results 3

Financial Performance 4

Chair and Chief Executive Officer’s Report 11

OUR COMPANY

Board of Directors 20

Ex

ecutive Team

22

The Year in Review 25

PGW Gr

oup Strategy

36

T

hree Decades of Dedication:

Celebrating the Rollesby Valley Lamb Sale 45

Strength in Relationships:

Working Together for Greater Success

48

R

esearch Powered by Collaboration:

New data reveals a new tool to

manage drench resistance

53

KEY FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

Key Financial Disclosures


55

Dir

ectors’ Responsibility Statement

56

A

dditional Financial Disclosures including

Notes to the Financial Statements

65

I

ndependent Auditor’s Report

101

G

OVERNANCE

Corporate Governance and Board Charter

105

S

tatutory Disclosures

117

R

emuneration Report

119

G

eneral Disclosures

124

Shareholder Information

125

Glossar

y 127

Corporate Directory

128

"We are pleased to report

improved results on the prior year,

as the agri-sector continued to

recover. Operating Revenue was

up $59.4 million and Operating

EBITDA up $12.0 million on the

prior year.

We have seen a shift in key markets

and have been able to respond

positively to that turnaround."

Garry Moore, PGW Chair

2
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

3

Operating

Revenue of

Net profit after

tax (‘NPAT’) of

Fully imputed

dividends for the year of

Operating

EBITDA of

2025 FINANCIAL YEAR

Performance Results

Ngā Otinga Whakatutukitanga

$56.1m

$975.3m

$10.7m

6.5¢/share

*


$7.6 m or 248%

from the comparative period


$12.0 m or 27%

from the comparative period


$59.4 m or 6%

from the comparative period

Kiwifruit bins at Glenview Orchard,

Ōhaupō, near Hamilton, Waikato.

* PGW paid a 2.5 cps interim dividend and declared a 4 cps final dividend.

Helping grow

the country

Operating EBITDA: Earnings before net interest and foreign exchange items, income tax, depreciation, amortisation, the results
from discontinued operations, impairment and fair value adjustments and non-operating items. PGW has used non-GAAP profit

measures when discussing financial performance in this document. Please refer to our full accounts for details of how Operating

EBITDA relates to GAAP. For a comprehensive discussion on the use of non-GAAP profit measures, please refer to the policy “Non-

GAAP Accounting Information” available on our website (www.pggwrightson.co.nz).

Other: Other (non-operating segment) relates to certain Group Corporate activities including Governance, Finance, Treasury, Risk

and Assurance, and other support services (including corporate property services and marketing).

Operating Cash Flow

FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25

80

60

40

20

0

-20

-40

54

4

41

-17

60

-35

65

43

-7

-31

$ million

Operating cash flows in the first half of the

financial year reflect the seasonal build in

working capital which is recovered in the

second half of the financial year.

58

24

26

58

12

1st Half 2nd Half Full Year

4

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

5

Financial Performance | Whakaaturanga Pūtea

FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

23

24

18

3

Profit or Loss

$ million

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

-10

FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25

$ million

FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25

54

41

1000

800

600

400

200

0

Retail & Water

Agency

38

52

25

22

-7-7

16

12

-9-9

349

401

390

355

405

$ million

First Half Second Half

499

552

586

561

570

Other

Full Year Operating EBITDA

848

953

976

916

975

Operating EBITDA

Operating Revenue

42

11

23

-9

Net Profit After Tax

56

67

61

44

56

6
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

7

Share Price

PGW share price from 13 August 2019 (post share consolidation) to 30 June 2025.

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

$

Total Shareholder Return

13 AUG 19 13 FEB 20 13 AUG 20 13 FEB 21 13 AUG 21 13 FEB 22 13 AUG 22 13 FEB 23 13 AUG 23 13 FEB 24 13 AUG 24 13 FEB 25 30 JUN 25

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

PGW TSR vs NZX50G (indexed to 100) from 13 August 2019 (post share consolidation) to 30 June 2025.

PGW TSR (Inc Dividends) NZX50G

PGW TSR +33.9%

NZX50G +16.1%

13 AUG 19 13 FEB 20 13 AUG 20 13 FEB 21 13 AUG 21 13 FEB 22 13 AUG 22 13 FEB 23 13 AUG 23 13 FEB 24 13 AUG 24 13 FEB 25 30 JUN 25

Total Shareholder Return

Financial Performance | Whakaaturanga Pūtea

8
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

9

Financial Performance | Whakaaturanga Pūtea

Net Interest-Bearing Debt (NIBD) Development

June 2024 – June 2025

Net Interest-Bearing Debt (NIBD) Development

June 2023 – June 2024

90.0

80.0

70.0

60.0

50.0

40.0

30.0

20.0

10.0

0.0

$ million

June 2023

NIBD

Operating

EBITDA

I

nterest &

FX Items

Tax

Payments

Working

Capital

Movements

(excl.

GO-STOCK)

GO

-STOCK

Movements

Asset

Purchases

A

sset

Disposals

Lease

Principal

Repayment

Dividends

Paid

Other June 2024

NIBD

65.3

- 44.2

11.2

22.9

2.1

21.2

- 6.6

7.8

-21.5

- 0.1

59.21.2

Increase Decrease Total

90.0

80.0

70.0

60.0

50.0

40.0

30.0

20.0

10.0

0.0

$ million

June 2024

NIBD

Operating

EBITDA

I

nterest &

FX Items

Tax

Payments

Working

Capital

Movements

(excl.

GO-STOCK)

GO

-STOCK

Movements

Asset

Purchases

A

sset

Disposals

Lease

Principal

Repayment

Dividends

Paid

Other June 2025

NIBD

59.2

- 56.1

10.4

17.4

-

22.6

2.9

1. 9

28.9

-2.8

85.6

1.2

Increase Decrease Total

10
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

11

Garry Moore

Chair

Stephen Guerin

Chief Executive Officer

PGG Wrightson Limited (‘PGW’, ‘the Group’, or ‘the Company’) delivered

Operating Earnings before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, and Amortisation

(Operating EBITDA) for the year ended 30 June 2025 of $56.1 million, up

$12.0 million or 27% on the prior year’s result. Net profit after tax (NPAT)

was $10.7 million, up $7.6 million or 248%.

Retail & Water Group & Agency Group trading performance | Te Mahi Tauhokohoko

PGW’s businesses reported improved results on the prior year, with FY24 appearing to have marked the

bottom of the agri cycle.

Our Retail & Water group revenue was up $39.4 million on the prior year, while performance at

an Operating EBITDA level saw an increase of $1.1 million year-on-year. Although the operating

environment over the year was more challenging in the retail space, we are encouraged with the

revenue growth in this context and pleased to see the business continue to consolidate and grow

market share.

Our Agency group delivered a strong turnaround led by our Livestock and Real Estate businesses.

Constrained supply for livestock and increased demand drove elevated red meat and dairy commodity

prices, supporting farmgate returns. This had an influence on the profitability of farming operations

and is reflected in a positive sentiment shift. Rural real estate activity increased significantly as a

consequence of improved confidence in the dairy and red meat sectors, supported by the easing of

interest rates. This has seen a lift in real estate enquiries in dairy, beef, sheep, and select horticultural

properties, with new listings coming to the market.

Financial Performance | Whakaaturanga Pūtea

2025 $m2024 $m2023 $m2022 $m2021 $m

Revenue975.3915.9975.7952.7847.8

Gross Profit255.0235.7252.8248.5223.2

Operating EBITDA56.144.261.267.256.0

Net Profit After Tax10.73.117.524.322.7

Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities12.457.725.523.757.7

Chair and Chief Executive

Officer’s Report

Te Pūrongo a te Heamana me te Tumuaki

Reporting on

an improved

performance

Chair and Chief Executive Officer's Report | continued
12

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

13

Business Improvement Programme | Hōtaka Whakapiki Pakihi

PGW successfully implemented its Business Improvement Programme with ‘go-live’ of its Microsoft D365 enterprise

reporting platform in April 2025. This milestone marks a significant step forward in modernising our systems and

strengthening our operational capabilities. With the implementation now complete, our focus has shifted to unlocking the

full value of this investment. Key outcomes include improvements that will drive operational efficiencies, enhance data

utilisation, and generate deeper insights to support decision-making.

Market conditions |

Ngā Āhuatanga o te Mākete

The Ministry for Primary Industries reported that New Zealand’s primary sector delivered a record-breaking performance

in the year to June 2025, with export revenue reaching $59.9 billion, up 12% from the previous year. Dairy led the growth,

driven by strong global demand and premium pricing. Meat exports rose, with beef and lamb prices supported by tight

global supply and robust demand. Strong wool prices improved on the back of reduced volumes produced, and export

volumes declined in line with the reducing sheep flock. Horticulture, and kiwifruit in particular, experienced strong earnings

with Zespri delivering its largest export crop, selling 220.9 million trays and topping $5 billion in sales. The arable sector

faced headwinds, including increased input costs and margin pressure.

The July Federated Farmers’ Confidence Survey has confirmed the strong lift in farmer sentiment, at the highest levels in

eight years. This is driven by easing interest rates, more stability in input costs, improved commodity prices, and government

policies viewed as more supportive by the agricultural sector. Farm profitability has rebounded and strengthened

investment spending and production expectations.

Our people |

Ā Mātau Tāngata

At 30 June 2025, PGW had 1,554 permanent and temporary employees. PGW also engaged 164 casual employees, 161

commission agents, and 3 specialist consultants, bringing the total headcount to 1,882.

Highlights of our Learning and Development offering included a relaunch of our groupwide PGW Induction Workshop, with

a renewed emphasis on leveraging PGW’s collective strength. We have increased our focus on attracting young people into

the industry by working with high schools, offering both PGW learning modules and participating in nationally recognised

learning programmes.

Our ambitious People and Safety strategy is designed to deliver meaningful value to both the business and to our team

members. We are also seeing the benefits of our strong employment brand, reflected in exceptionally high volumes of

applications for roles.

Health, safety, and wellbeing |

Te Hauora, te haumarutanga, me te toiora

We continue our focus and journey in enhancing Health, Safety and Wellbeing across PGW. We made strong progress in our

Critical Risk programme with a range of enhanced systems and frameworks implemented during the year.

While we are proud of the various Health, Safety and Wellbeing initiatives achieved, the real measure of success is seeing a

reduction in lost time injuries and serious harm events. Although there are multiple indicators of our maturing safety culture,

this is an area of continuing focus as we strive to improve upon safety outcomes and results.

Sustainability |

Toitūtanga

PGW is an enabler of sustainable transformation for our customers in New Zealand's agricultural and horticultural industries.

Our customers are increasingly requiring PGW to demonstrate sustainability performance as part of their assurance

requirements. PGW is regularly requested to evidence sustainability credentials through customer procurement processes.

Alongside the Annual Report, PGW released its Sustainability Report and Climate Statement 2025. This serves as our second

year of reporting under the New Zealand Climate Standards and demonstrates our maturing treatment of climate-related

risks and opportunities. PGW is pleased to report a 22% reduction in greenhouse gas emissions for FY25 against the FY21

baseline. This was primarily driven by a reduction in vehicle fuel consumption, with less kilometres travelled and more

hybrid vehicles entering our fleet.

The second reporting period also sees the launch of PGW’s comprehensive Climate Transition Plan. The Plan articulates our

systematic approach to climate risk management within changing macroeconomic conditions, land use transformation

impacts, and alignment with New Zealand's decarbonisation trajectory. The Climate Transition Plan establishes measurable

objectives and priorities that will govern our organisational transformation and drive sustainable practices throughout our

value chain. The Plan positions PGW to deliver stakeholder value, while contributing to New Zealand's climate objectives

and resilience for rural New Zealand.

Cashflow and debt |

Te Kapewhiti me te Nama

PGW recorded cash flows from operating activities of $12.4 million for FY25 and included significant growth (cash outflow)

in GO-STOCK receivables, which increased by $28.9 million over the 12 months to 30 June 2025, to be $81.4 million. This

growth compares to a cash inflow for GO-STOCK receivables in FY24 of $21.5 million.

Working capital balances increased by $1.4 million from the prior comparative period.

PGW amended and extended its syndicated bank facilities during the year.

Distributions |

Ngā Utu Whaipānga

The Board has declared a fully imputed final dividend of 4 cents per share. The dividend will be paid on 3 October 2025 to

shareholders on PGW’s share register as at 5pm on 11 September 2025. This will bring the total fully imputed dividends for

the year to 6.5 cents per share.

Max Rewards loyalty programme |

Whiwhinga Mōrahi pono hōtaka

The Max Rewards loyalty programme is delivering positive outcomes, contributing meaningfully to customer engagement

and retention. Insights derived from the loyalty platform have proven to be a valuable source of data, supporting more

informed decision-making across loyalty, customer relationship management, and the PGW Group more broadly.

With increasing customer awareness, our team continues to focus on collaboration with internal stakeholders to create new

initiatives to increase participation in the programme. As awareness and membership in Max Rewards continues to grow,

more customers will be able to access the benefits and further strengthen PGW customer loyalty.

Neil Carter, PGW Livestock Representative, discusses
the breeding values of the well-presented yearling

bulls for use over yearling heifers, with Megan Talbot,

dairy farm owner, and her daughter Brooke Talbot,

manager, at the 2024 Bluestone Herefords Yearling

Bull Sale, near Cave, South Canterbury.

14

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

15

Wool

24 years sponsoring the

PGG Wrightson / Vetmed

National Shearing Circuit.

NZ's Virtual Saleyard

Over 1,000 auctions streamed

during the year.

Livestreamed sales from 14

saleyards around the country.

Sustainability

22% reduction in

operational GHG

emissions, compared

to the FY21 baseline.

Second year of summer

R&D internship programme

5 interns working on projects, including

fruit size prediction, on-farm sensor and

remote data capture, summer forage

crop, efficacy of adjuvants in thrip

control, evaluation of novel nitrogen

supply product.

Crowd/Staff sourcing

Second year of our Crowd/

Staff sourced R&D ideas.

13 trials delivered tangible

value back to our front-line

teams.

Retail & Water

Technical Team

Approximately 80 trials conducted:

• 80% horticultural

• 20% agricultural

• c.20% of trial treatments

were biological

Delivering Technical Expertise to Benefit our Clients

Te whakarato pūkenga mātanga mō te painga o ā mātou kiritaki

BUY & SELL

PGW Real Estate

Sales Volumes (Unit Sales)

improved by:

▲ 32% across all markets

▲ 81% in dairy sales

▲ 47% across all other

rural cat

egories


People & Safety

PGW offers over 4,000 online

courses via our Learning

Management System.

PGW provided over 12,200

hours and of training to

employees, c.7 hours per

employee.

Chair and Chief Executive Officer's Report | continued
16

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

17

PGW celebrates 20 years | Ka whakanuia te 20 tau e PGW

October 2025 marks 20 years since the iconic merger of Pyne Gould Guinness Limited and Wrightson Limited. These

companies can trace their formation back to 1851 and 1868 respectively and have a proud legacy of more than 170 years of

service to New Zealand’s rural communities.

Our company was created from the union of these two agricultural leaders. Over time, individuals and businesses built

lasting relationships with farmers and growers, sharing in both their successes and challenges. The values, character, and

integrity of our founders helped shape the rural services landscape and laid the foundations of the company PGW is today.

To pay tribute to our predecessors and their companies, we reflect on the many stories that built PGW. To celebrate our

20 years and pay tribute to our predecessors, we have created our heritage stories.

Please visit our website

Our History | PGG Wrightson.

Outlook |

Matapae

The agricultural sector has experienced a strong rebound, supported by encouraging economic indicators. Buoyant

export commodity prices and good demand, amid constrained supply, has boosted confidence in production decisions.

Easing inflation and interest rates, together with greater stability in input prices, have created a more positive operating

environment. These factors have contributed to renewed optimism and a noticeable lift in farmer confidence, which is

positive for the sector and our rural servicing operations.

Despite this momentum, forward-looking sentiment is not uniform across the sector with a more challenging operating

environment for arable farming, viticulture, and strong wool. Ongoing geopolitical tensions and uncertainty around

international trade terms, with increased tariffs and trade protectionism policies, are also a source of uncertainty. While dairy

and red meat markets remain resilient, caution continues to influence parts of the sector, reflecting a mixed but stabilised

outlook for New Zealand’s primary sector.

Strong commodity prices are expected to remain throughout FY26 across dairy, red meat, and horticulture crops,

particularly kiwifruit and apples. Overall, the outlook is positive for the sector while the trading environment remains less

robust in viticulture, the arable sector, and strong wool. The viticulture sector experienced muted activity, driven by an

excess supply of wine on the global market. Sheep headcount continued to decline due to land use change and increased

hectarage in forestry and carbon sequestration. Confidence in the rural real estate market is expected to persist through

FY26, with quality listings continuing to attract interest and farm sales.

Indications are that customers are leveraging the elevated farmgate returns to reduce debt, while those who deferred

investment decisions during the previous challenging period are now re-engaging and investing to support their

production decisions.

While it is a mixed picture across the New Zealand economy with some industries facing difficult trading conditions, the

agricultural sector is a bright spot and is leading the recovery again with strong export prices and payouts that are boosting

rural areas. The sector’s strong fundamentals, quality production, and market positioning provide a solid foundation for

continued growth and investment.

Supported by our strengths in technical expertise, innovation, and enduring customer relationships, PGW is well positioned

to support our customers grow their businesses and capitalise on the forecast growth in export revenue.

Garry Moore

Chair

Governance changes | Ngā Panonitanga Mana Whakahaere

On 1 July 2025, Wilson Liu joined the PGW Board as an Independent Director. Meng Foon announced that he will not seek

re-election at the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting in October and will retire from the PGW Board, having served as a Director

since 1 July 2022.

Acknowledgements |

Ngā whakamihi

Our achievements this year are a direct result of the dedication, resilience, and talent of our exceptional team. Across the

country, our people have demonstrated commitment to our customers, communities, and each other.

We extend our sincere thanks to our customers for their loyalty and trust. Their continued support motivates us to deliver

outstanding service and solutions, whether in challenging market conditions or in times of growth.

Finally, we acknowledge our shareholders for their ongoing investment and confidence in PGW. We remain focused on

delivering sustainable growth and long-term value, and we appreciate their continued support.


Stephen Guerin

Chief Executive Officer

18
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

19

Marcus Fitzsimmons, Fruitfed Supplies

Extension Advisor, and Kirsty Lowther,

Fruitfed Supplies Technical Advisor, discuss

the crop load and harvest timings for the

Golden Queen peach crop at a trial block near

Havelock North, Hawke’s Bay.

20
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

21

Board of Directors | Te Poari Tumuaki

Garry Moore

B.Com, M.B.A, C.A.

Chair and Independent Director

Garry Moore was appointed Chair of the PGG

Wrightson Limited Board on 16 February

2024 and has been an Independent Director

since 1 July 2022. He is a member of the Audit

Committee.

Garry was raised on farms in rural Mid-

Canterbury before attending Canterbury

University, graduating with a B.Com in

Accounting and Economics, and an MBA. He

brings a wealth of finance knowledge with

40 years of extensive investment advisory

experience together with trustee and

corporate governance experience in rural

services, viticulture, pastoral farming, and

education.

Garry is a Charter Member of the New

Zealand Institute of Directors. He is a

former member of the national Forsyth Barr

Investment Committee. Garry is Chair of

DairyCool Limited and South Canterbury

based farm owner Burnett Valley Trust. He is a

past Chair of St Andrew’s College, Greystone

Wines, and the Canterbury Branch of the New

Zealand Institute of Chartered Accountants.

Sarah Brown

BA, LLB, CFInstD

Deputy Chair and Independent Director

Sarah Brown was appointed Deputy Chair of

the PGG Wrightson Limited Board on 4 July

2023, is Chair of the Audit Committee, and has

been an Independent Director since 30 April

2019. Sarah is from a rural background, having

grown up on a Southland sheep farm.

Sarah is a former commercial lawyer who

is now a professional director and has had

extensive governance experience as a

director, chair, and committee chair. She has a

Bachelor of Laws and a Bachelor of Arts.

Sarah is a Chartered Fellow of the Institute

of Directors. She was previously on the

Southern Institute of Technology Council for

11 years, six of them as Chair. She has also

served on the Boards of Electricity Invercargill,

PowerNet, SBS Bank Limited, and Southsure

Assurance Limited. Sarah is currently on the

Board of Blue Sky Meats Limited. She brings a

wealth of cross sector experience at multiple

organisational levels.

Meng Foon

Independent Director

Meng Foon was appointed to the PGG

Wrightson Limited Board on 1 July 2022 as

an Independent Director. He has extensive

business experience in horticulture,

agriculture, private wealth creation, and

property development.

Meng is currently Chair of M Y Trust, a

shareholder and Director of M Y Gold

Investments Limited, and a Trustee of the New

Zealand Philanthropic Foundation. He served

as the Mayor of Gisborne from 2001 to 2019

and has held governance roles for several

New Zealand entities.

Meng is knowledgeable about best practice

organisational structures and operating

systems, and he is experienced in mediation

and facilitation. He believes that data,

science, and technology will help ensure

future sustainability in environment and land

business profitability.

Meng has worked with Māori landowners

and believes that Māori land businesses are

important contributors to the leadership

of Aotearoa. He aha te mea nui o te ao – he

Tangata, inclusive people and relationships

are the success of all things he does.

U Kean Seng

LLB (Hons), B.Ec

Director

U Kean Seng was appointed to the PGG

Wrightson Limited Board on 4 December

2012. U Kean Seng previously practiced as

a partner at Singaporean law firm, Shooklin

& Bok LLP, focused on East Asia, and he led

a corporate finance team in Allen & Overy

Shooklin & Bok, JLV, an international law

venture partnership with London based Allen

& Overy LLP.

U Kean Seng previously sat as an Independent

and non-executive director of several public

listed corporations. He received a Bachelor

of Laws (Honours) degree from Monash

University Australia. He is a Barrister and

Solicitor, Supreme Court of Victoria, Australia,

Advocate and Solicitor, Supreme Court of

Singapore and Solicitor of England and Wales.

In addition to his extensive legal knowledge,

U Kean Seng is also a qualified economist,

having completed his degree majoring in

Economics and Accounting, B.Ec at Monash

University, Australia.

Wilson Liu

B.Com, CA, CPA

Independent Director

Wilson Liu was appointed to the PGG

Wrightson Limited Board on 1 July 2025 as an

Independent Director.

Mr Liu has over 30 years of professional

experience in providing audit and business

advisory services. Mr Liu started his career

with PwC in Hong Kong and Melbourne. He

retired from PwC in July 2020 with 23 years’

experience as audit partner.

He has extensive governance experience

as a member of the Governance Board of

PwC Greater China and Singapore; he was

President of CPA Australia North China and is

currently a Council Member.

Mr Liu is an independent non-executive

Director of Foran Energy Group Co., Limited

(SZSE), Valuetronics Holdings Limited (SGX),

Cloudbreak Pharma Inc. (SEHK), and Guotai

Junan International Holdings Limited (SEHK).

Mr Liu received a Bachelor of Commerce

degree from the University of Western

Australia and is a member of the Chartered

Accountants Australia and New Zealand. He

is also a fellow member of CPA Australia and

the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public

Accountants. As a resident of Hong Kong, he

currently splits his time between Hong Kong

and Melbourne.

Dr Charlotte Severne

MSc, PhD (Geology), ONZM

Independent Director

Dr Charlotte Severne (Tūwharetoa, Tūhoe)

was appointed to the PGG Wrightson Limited

Board on 18 June 2021 as an Independent

Director. She is also Chair of PGG Wrightson's

Health, Safety and Environment Committee.

Charlotte was a commercial scientist and

executive for 20 years. She was also Deputy

Vice Chancellor at both Lincoln and Massey

Universities.

In 2017 she received an ONZM for her

contribution to Science and Māori. In 2018 she

was appointed the Māori Trustee, with various

governance and agency roles for whenua

Māori across New Zealand.

22
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

23

Executive Team | Ngā Kaihautū

Stephen Guerin

Chief Executive Officer

Stephen was appointed Chief

Executive Officer (CEO) of PGG

Wrightson Limited in June

2019. Stephen is a director of

several Group subsidiaries and

a Director of the PGG Wrightson

Employee Benefits Plan Trustee

Limited. He holds a Bachelor of

Business Studies (Accounting)

from Massey University and

is a member of the Institute

of Directors and Chartered

Accountants Australia & New

Zealand. Stephen is also a

Director of Safer Farms and a

director on a community charity

board.

Prior to this appointment as CEO,

Stephen was responsible for all

aspects of the Retail & Water

group business which includes

the Rural Supplies, Fruitfed

Supplies, Agritrade, and Water

businesses. He has worked for

PGG Wrightson Limited and its

predecessor companies since

1988.

Nick Berry

General Manager Retail & Water

Nick was appointed General

Manager Retail & Water in August

2019. Nick joined PGG Wrightson

Limited as New Business Growth

Manager for Agritrade in 2014

and through his five-year period

with Agritrade, he grew the

business substantially.

Before joining PGG Wrightson

Limited, Nick was General

Manager at RD1 for eight

years and prior to that he was

National Operations Manager.

Nick has an extensive track

record of experience at general

management level. Nick’s

strengths include leadership,

business management, and a

strong sales and service focus,

backed by a strong affinity for the

retail and agribusiness sectors.


Julian Daly

General Manager Corporate Affairs

Julian is responsible for the

Group Strategy, Marketing, Legal,

Corporate Communications,

Business Services, and Investor

Relations functions for PGG

Wrightson Limited. He is

also Company Secretary and

previously held a number of

responsibilities including, General

Manager of PGG Wrightson

Real Estate Limited and

Internal Audit. Julian has broad

operational involvement across

the business and is Chair of the

Credit Committee and Risk and

Compliance Committee, director

of several Group subsidiaries and

a Director of the PGG Wrightson

Employee Benefits Plan Trustee

Limited.

He is a former General Counsel

of DB Breweries Limited and

has previously worked for law

firms in the Middle East and

New Zealand. Outside of his PGG

Wrightson Limited role, Julian

also has a number of governance

and voluntary positions,

including as a Director of Trade

Aid New Zealand, recently retired

as Chair of Selwyn House School

and as a Citizens Advice Bureau

community lawyer.

Sarah Mears

General Manager People & Safety

Sarah joined PGG Wrightson

Limited in 2011 and was

appointed the role of General

Manager People and Safety in

August 2024. Sarah is responsible

for the design and delivery of our

Group People & Safety strategy,

through Leadership of our Health,

Safety & Wellbeing, Human

Resources Business Partnering

and HR Shared Services teams.

She has provided direct HR

Business Partnering services and

Leadership across all Business

Units before moving into her

current role.

Sarah is a former Area Human

Resources Manager for

Intercontinental Hotel Group

where she spent 15 years in

generalist HR and Learning

Development roles which saw

her work and travel across New

Zealand, Australia and Southeast

Asia.

Peter Newbold

General Manager Livestock

& Real Estate

Peter is General Manager

Livestock & Real Estate. Peter

has led the PGG Wrightson

Limited Real Estate business since

September 2013 and he took

responsibility for PGG Wrightson

Limited Livestock in October

2020. Peter was previously

General Manager of New Zealand

Sotheby’s International Realty.

Peter was employed by

Wrightson Limited from 1995-

2005 during which time he

held a range of roles including

Marketing Manager and Business

Development Manager. Prior to

this, he had an extensive career

in retail ownership management

and franchising.

Peter Scott

Chief Financial Officer

Peter was appointed as PGG

Wrightson Limited’s Chief

Financial Officer in March 2015

and leads the finance and

technology functions. Peter

started his career at Fletcher

Challenge and has broad

multinational experience, having

spent five years in Scandinavia

where he was the Vice President

of Accounting and Tax for Norske

Skog, a large global newsprint

and magazine paper producer.

He relocated to Australia in 2005

and was appointed to the lead

finance role for the Australasian

region for Norske Skog. In 2008

Peter joined Gloucester Coal

Limited, an Australian Securities

Exchange listed mining company

as the Chief Financial Officer.

In 2010 he joined the majority

shareholder Noble Group, a

leader in managing the supply

chain of agriculture, energy,

metals and mining resources,

headquartered in Hong Kong and

listed in Singapore. He was the

Chief Financial Officer for Noble

Group in Australia.

Rachel Shearer

General Manager Wool

Rachel joined PGG Wrightson

Limited in 2016 as the General

Manager People & Safety. She

was appointed the General

Manager Wool in August 2024

to provide leadership in all

aspects of Wool procurement,

logistics, sales, and wool export.

Rachel stepped into this role as

a trusted Executive leader, as she

is a strategic thinker who has

strengths in both operational

and people leadership. She is

passionate about the primary

sector and driving growth and

innovation across PGG Wrightson

Limited’s wool business.

A member of the Institute

of Directors, Rachel is PGG

Wrightson Limited’s Executive

Director of bidr®, New Zealand's

leading online platform for

livestock trading, as well as

a director of other Group

subsidiaries. Prior to joining PGG

Wrightson Limited, Rachel was

the General Manager Human

Resources at Solid Energy New

Zealand Limited, after time spent

locally and internationally as

a human resource consultant

specialising in organisational

design, workforce planning and

business transformation.

Nick Kole, Fruitfed Supplies Area Sales Manager, explores
the newly established Te Whenua Tupu, the Living Lab at the

Marlborough Research Centre with John Patterson, Marlborough

Research Centre CEO, in Blenheim, Marlborough.

The year in review

Te arotake i te tau

PGW has two operating groups: Retail & Water and Agency

E rua ngā rōpū whakahaere o PGW: Hokohoko me te Wai me te Umanga

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

2524

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

26
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

27

Michael Wardle, PGW Service

Technician - Water, wires up the

pivot corner arm which is GPS guided

using Valley® Irrigation’s latest Gen

2 guidance, with Andrew Stewart,

owner of Cresslands Farms, near

Waikuku, North Canterbury.

The Retail & Water business incorporates Rural Supplies,

Fruitfed Supplies, Water, and Agritrade. Retail &

Water recorded Operating EBITDA of $42.2 million, an

improvement of $1.1 million from the prior year’s result.

Revenue of $773.0 million, was up $39.4 million.

Our Retail & Water business experienced good revenue growth on the prior

year, retaining and consolidating market share. Retail & Water’s five-year plan

was refreshed with a focus on a range of growth initiatives.

A key example of such initiatives was PGW’s acquisition of Nexan Group which

completed in July 2025. Nexan Group develops, manufactures, and markets

a range of animal health brands, including Vetmed (see page 40). Another

recently launched growth orientated initiative is our ‘BlueAG’ agricultural

chemical private label strategy. Our BlueAG brand forms another important

plank in our strategy to expand our product offerings (see page 41).

The Nexan Group acquisition and BlueAG product range launch are good

examples of strategic growth initiatives being implemented, which align with

PGW Group’s strategy of bringing expertise and innovation to market that

benefits New Zealand farmers and growers. We have identified the animal

health category as an important growth opportunity. Customers have also

encouraged PGW to bring reliable generic animal health options to market,

and PGW is responding to these demands.

This was the second year of the PGW intern trials programme, led by our

dedicated Technical Team. There have been promising results, and we continue

to invest in this work to provide knowledge to our team and our customers

(see pages 52-54).

Our Retail & Water marketing efforts focused on showcasing our technical

and industry knowledge as our key point of difference. Highlights included

the launch of our Blue Shed Diary podcast, a new partnership with The Rural

Roundup, and engaging digital coverage via the Retail & Water Facebook

and Instagram pages. We have seen growth across our channels, driven by

engaging content and the use of AI tools to enhance performance. Events like

South Island Field Days, where we took out Best Overall Site, also demonstrates

the positive community connection work going on in the business.

Retail & Water Group

Rōpū Hokohoko me te Wai

Revenue

$

773.0m

▲ $39.4m

Operating

EBITDA

$

42.2m

▲ $1.1m

Rural SuppliesFruitfed SuppliesWater & Irrigation

Agritrade

The year in review | Retail & Water group continued
Aimee Dyke, PGW Technical Field

Representative, discusses the

benefits of implementing Zolvix Plus

to an animal health plan with Curtis

Pannett, owner of Hills Springs,

near Roxburgh, Central Otago.

28

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

29

We continually review our store network and seek

opportunities for improvement to provide operational

efficiencies and better customer experience. During

the year, the Waimate Rural Supplies store and office

area underwent a full refurbishment. In July 2025, our

Invercargill Rural Supplies store, Regional office, and Real

Estate office relocated to a new development adjacent

to the existing PGW Wool store. The following month,

the Ohakune Fruitfed Supplies store moved to a new

purpose-built site.

Rural Supplies |

Ngā Whakaratonga Taiwhenua

Our Rural Supplies business performed solidly, as

sentiment in the farming sector improved over the

course of the year, with the strengthening in export

commodity prices. It has been pleasing to see dairy,

sheep, and beef farmers all benefitting from increased

returns, which helped many farming operations return to

profitability. While sales revenue improved on the prior

year, farmers took a generally conservative approach

with many using good returns to reduce debt.

Fertiliser and stockfood were in demand, as farmers

focused on increasing production to maximise the

higher commodity returns. The animal health category

continues to grow. There was additional spend on

capital items, such as fencing, in the latter half of the

year. However, the arable sector was more challenging

with reduced demand for seed crops and prices coming

under pressure.

We anticipate farming returns will remain positive for

the near to medium term and present opportunities

for growth.

Fruitfed Supplies | Ngā Whakaratonga ā-Huawhenua

Fruitfed Supplies faced a challenging trading environment

in FY25, which saw total revenue slightly back on the prior

year. Despite the headwinds Fruitfed Supplies maintained a

strong market position, reflecting the value our customers

place on our technical knowledge, reliable service, and

comprehensive product range.

Encouragingly, we have seen renewed optimism in both

the kiwifruit and apple sectors. Orchard investment, new

plantings, and a focus on varietal development signal

ongoing confidence in the future of these crops. Buoyant

export demand, improved post-harvest performance, and

stable pricing has contributed to a more positive outlook

for these growers. Fruitfed Supplies is well-positioned

to support growth in these sectors through tailored

programmes, technical expertise, and a commitment to

helping growers maximise returns.

The broader horticultural environment also presented

challenges this year, particularly in the viticulture and

vegetable sectors. Viticulture supplies were subdued, due

to a global oversupply of wine. Growers were impacted

by a combination of global market pressures, rising input

costs, and variable growing conditions across some

regions. These pressures have impacted grower confidence

and investment decisions in some categories. Fruitfed

Supplies has worked closely with our customers to provide

support through technical advice, product solutions,

and supply chain continuity. Our Technical Horticultural

Representatives place particular emphasis on integrated

crop protection strategies, product stewardship, and

precision agriculture. These focus areas are increasingly

important as growers seek to manage cost pressures, while

maintaining high standards of quality.

Internally, we continued to invest in our people and

systems. Training and development initiatives have

upskilled our teams, ensuring we remain at the forefront of

industry knowledge and service delivery. Our supply chain

was resilient, ensuring product availability despite ongoing

global logistics challenges.

Water & Irrigation |

Te Wai me te Whakamākūkū

Unseasonably high rainfall in early FY25 delayed irrigation

maintenance, with some customers not irrigating at all

during January, normally a busy month in the irrigation

season. Continued wet conditions into autumn further

impacted servicing, resulting in fewer completed projects

and service jobs. Arable customers experienced global

and domestic pressures and limited their spend levels in

response to these market conditions. There was limited

development work for our Sales & Project team in the first

half of the financial year, with vigorous competition creating

pricing pressure. However, the team has seen a momentum

shift in the second half in response to a buoyant dairy

sector, which has lifted investment confidence.

Client referrals continue to grow, reflecting our service

team’s expanding technical expertise. PGW Water remains

committed to capability development, with ongoing

investment in specialised training. Several technicians have

completed the Electrical Service Technician certification,

enabling more electrical work capability and enhancing our

in-field service offering.

Agritrade |

Tauhokohoko Ahuwhenua

Agritrade, our wholesale business division, traded well at

a revenue level despite a difficult operating environment.

The business undertook a 'cost to serve' analysis designed

to identify opportunities for operational cost reductions,

uncover process efficiencies, evaluate our operating model,

and improve margins. Revenue was positive comparatively

to the prior year with contributions from our Maxcare

products and growth in the animal health business.

The year was marked by some strategic investments in

growth initiatives looking to the future. Agritrade launched

its Farma range, an exclusive animal health product line

developed by Nexan, to our veterinary customers. PGW’s

acquisition of the Nexan Group, a leading New Zealand

animal health manufacturer, was a key investment for PGW

and Agritrade’s supply chain (see page 40).

Chris Lambert, PGW Technical Specialist (vegetables), assesses the effects

of treatments in a trial focussed on managing soil-borne diseases of

squash on a farm near Gisborne, Tairāwhiti.

30
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

31

Rob Harvey, PGW Livestock Representative,

inspects the bulls ahead of the 2024

Mt Possession Annual Angus Bull Sale,

Ashburton Lakes, Canterbury.

Our Agency group incorporates the Livestock, Wool, and Real Estate

businesses. Operating EBITDA was $23.5 million which was up by

an impressive $11.1 million on the prior year’s result. Revenue was

$201.0 million, up $20.3 million.

Livestock | Ngā Kararehe

Our Livestock business recorded exceptional financial results on the back of elevated meat

pricing and increased volumes in beef and dairy cattle.

Strong demand for cattle, resulting from significant export demand and constrained supply

internationally, drove livestock prices to record levels. Pricing remained high throughout the

year due to processor demand, good feed reserves, and robust beef schedules. Farmers took

the opportunity to sell older cattle ahead of winter to maximise returns and preserve pasture

availability for young stock into spring.

Sheep pricing improved significantly year-on-year, particularly in the second half of the

financial year. Elevated schedules allowed farmers to take advantage of prices where declining

feed and dry conditions impacted production. The number of sheep transacted reduced

slightly, a result of lower numbers throughout the country from continued land use change.

A mild and early winter provided confidence for winter lambs, with many farmers taking

advantage of increased prices rather than finishing stock.

It was a slow start to the dairy selling season, as good pricing for dairy resulted in strong

demand and limited supply. Farmers preferred to hold on to livestock given conditions and

the strong milk payout outlook. Pricing was buoyed by forecast milk prices, and high-end

herd sales in the North Island generating exceptional values. There were also strong forward

contracts for dairy herd sales.

Agency Group

Rōpū umanga

Revenue

$

201.0m

▲ $20.3m

Operating

EBITDA

$

23.5m

▲ $11.1m

LivestockWoolReal Estate

Source: Fonterra

Farmgate Midpoint Milk Prices

11.00

10.50

10.00

9.50

9.00

8.50

8.00

7.50

7.00

$/kgMS

Jun 2024 Aug 2024 Oct 2024 Dec 2024 Feb 2025 Apr 2025 Jun 2025

Range band Midpoint ($) per kgMS

The year in review | Agency group continued
32

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

33

Stud stock sales rebounded as clients returned to the

market with an increased demand for sire bulls with

records set during the selling season. The 33-year sale

record for all bull breeds of $155,000 was broken at this

year’s East Coast Angus bull sales, when a bull sold for

$156,000. Remarkably, this record was broken the very

next day, with another bull fetching $161,000.

Our GO-STOCK sheep, beef, dairy, and deer products

experienced strong demand, remaining popular as an

innovative solution for farmers seeking to free up capital.

While earlier in the financial year there was reluctance

for farmers to commit; declining interest rates, improved

feed availability in the South Island, and higher stock

values and meat schedules resulted in a steady uplift in

GO-STOCK contracts.

The deer velvet market was strained at the beginning

of the year due to a temporary import ban in the China

market. The ban was lifted during the year and the

amount of velvet transacted was overall only slightly

down year-on-year, albeit at lower prices. This disruption

caused delays to shipments throughout the year, but

this was caught up from March onwards, with seven

containers shipped in the final days of the financial

year. We introduced Defer-a-Stag, an innovative tailored

deferred payment solution designed to support deer

farming customers manage cash flow, while continuing

to invest in livestock during seasonal peaks.

Safety at our saleyards remained a key priority, with

several sites undergoing significant upgrades to enhance

both safety and operational facilities. The integration of

the Frankton saleyard into the portfolio was completed

smoothly, with the site also benefiting from infrastructure

improvements.

A strategic priority for the Livestock business is the

strengthening and growth of our supply chain partnerships

with preferred meat processors. These relationships add

value to PGW and our customers by providing consistent

high-quality service, certainty, flexible contracts, and finance

options. Even though there has been a year-on-year reduction

in livestock sent to meat processors, it is pleasing that PGW

has experienced growth in volumes across most species to our

supply chain partners, indicating a growing market share.

SkyCount™, PGW’s drone Artificial Intelligence solution

for efficient and accurate in-field livestock count audits, is

receiving enquiries from customers. The benefits of SkyCount™

include precise stock counts with reduced operational farming

impacts, enhanced safety, and reduced stress for both animals

and staff.

bidr®, our online trading platform, is well established in the

livestock sector nationally and its database of buyers grew over

the year. This growth was driven by continued demand for

hybrid integration, online bidding, and livestreaming of cattle

sales at saleyards and on-farm auctions. bidr® hosted over 1,000

auctions, with regular weekly sales at 14 saleyards nationwide.

bidr® has firmly established itself as the New Zealand market

leading online auction platform for livestock.

Real Estate |

Hokohoko Whenua

Improved sentiment in the real estate market has continued,

contributing to pleasing performance for PGW Real Estate,

with revenue activity up by 55% on the same period last year.

The market has been buoyed by a gradual downward trend in

interest rates, stronger dairy payouts, robust red meat pricing,

and farm gate prices breathing confidence into the sector.

After a couple of years of low activity, the volume of property

listings and sales activity reached levels not seen for some time.

bidr® livestreaming at the 2024

Beltex New Zealand Ram sale

at Rangiatea Farm, Mt Somers,

Canterbury.

Jason Rutter, PGW Real Estate Salesperson, discusses the outstanding

finishing property the family has owned since 1966 with Chris and

Garth Shaw, owners of Wharetoa Farm, near Balclutha, South Otago.

Rural sales, particularly in the dairy and horticulture markets,

have markedly improved on the prior year. This has been

particularly notable in the Lower South Island (Otago and

Southland regions) and the Central North Island (Waikato and

Bay of Plenty regions). There were 14 rural sales greater than

$10 million in value during the period, including a property that

sold for greater than $40 million. Provincial towns saw increased

activity as buyers were attracted to a combination of choice,

value, and popular amenities. The lifestyle market has been

slower to respond to improving market conditions, nevertheless

still experienced a year-on-year improvement.

During the year, PGW Real Estate made a number of agent

appointments to strengthen the team in key territories and

to grow into new markets. The Real Estate business launched

an Internal Referral Scheme aimed at leveraging our extensive

connections and networks within PGW Group and provincial

communities.

Source: Beef + Lamb New Zealand Economic Service & Insights

All Grades Lamb – $/head

220

200

180

160

140

120

100

$/head

Jun 2022 Dec 2022 Jun 2023 Dec 2023 Jun 2024 Dec 2024 Jun 2025 Jun 2022 Dec 2022 Jun 2023 Dec 2023 Jun 2024 Dec 2024 Jun 2025

850

800

750

700

650

600

550

500

c/kg

Prime Steer & Heifer – 270-295kg-c/kg

The year in review | Agency group continued
34

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

35

Wool | Wūru

The wool season concluded with improved wool prices up on the previous

year, though there remains significant room for further improvement to create

a profitable future for wool growers. Strong wool prices improved on the back

of reduced volumes produced, and export volumes declining in line with the

reducing sheep flock. Mid-micron wool rose dramatically towards the back end of

the season, with prices reaching levels not seen for several years. The season was

mixed for fine wool, with ultra-fine wool in high demand.

It was a challenging year for wool production due to difficult growing conditions

and a notable decline in shearable sheep, leading to a reduction in bales

handled across our stores. Despite the reduced bale numbers, we maintained

market share. It is hoped that recent favourable growing conditions will result

in increased fleece weight and higher quality wool, leading to improved grower

returns. While the season closed out with the strong wool price indicator up on

the previous year, there remains significant room for value growth.

Peter McCusker, PGW Wool Representative (C), discusses

the high quality and ideal suitability of Meikleburn’s fine

half-bred wool for Norsewear’s product range, with Tim

Deane, owner of Norsewear (L), and Heidi and Andrew

Jamison (R) with their son, managers of Meikleburn

Station, near Fairlie, South Canterbury.

PGW partnered with iconic Kiwi brand Norsewear to strengthen the value of ethically

produced New Zealand wool and support domestic manufacturing. The partnership

connects PGW growers directly with trusted manufacturers, delivering price certainty

and value for growers through long-term contracts, by ensuring reliable demand

and supply of fully traceable New Zealand wool. Wool Integrity NZ™, PGW Wool’s

assurance brand, certifies that the wool meets world-leading standards in animal

welfare and sustainability. The goal is to build confidence in this value chain and

encourage more brands to follow.

Our wool exporting subsidiary, Bloch & Behrens Wool (NZ) Limited, achieved an

increase in wool export volumes to key markets, predominantly in Europe. This was

particularly pleasing given wool volumes exported from New Zealand declined in

the year.

New Zealand Wool Exports - Strong Wool

10,000

7,500

5,000

2,500

0

tonnes

$ per tonne

2023 Jul

2023 Aug

2023 Sept

2023 Oct

2023 Nov

2023 Dec

2024 Jan

2024 Feb

2024 Mar

2024 Apr

2024 May

2024 Jun

2024 Jul

2024 Aug

2024 Sept

2024 Oct

2024 Nov

2024 Dec

2025 Jan

2025 Feb

2025 Mar

2025 Apr

2025 May

2025 Jun

tonnes clean $ per tonnes clean

Source: Beef + Lamb New Zealand Economic Service & Insights

10,000

7,500

5,000

2,500

0

New Zealand Wool Exports - All Wool

10,000

7,500

5,000

2,500

0

tonnes

$ per tonne

2023 Jul

2023 Aug

2023 Sept

2023 Oct

2023 Nov

2023 Dec

2024 Jan

2024 Feb

2024 Mar

2024 Apr

2024 May

2024 Jun

2024 Jul

2024 Aug

2024 Sept

2024 Oct

2024 Nov

2024 Dec

2025 Jan

2025 Feb

2025 Mar

2025 Apr

2025 May

2025 Jun

tonnes clean $ per tonnes clean

10,000

7,500

5,000

2,500

0

Our refreshed purpose showcases the driving
force behind what we do, focusing on supporting

farmers and growers to confidently achieve their

goals through trusted partnerships, expert service,

and knowledgeable advice.

Our Vision | Tā Mātou

Tūruapō

EMPOWERED FARMERS AND

GROWERS FOR GENERATIONS

TO COME.

Kia ihumanea ngā kaipāmu me

ngā kaitipu mō ngā reanga e ara

mai ana.

Our PGW Group Strategy is built on our heritage and long-standing

commitment to deliver value for New Zealand’s rural sector. It focuses

on strengthening our trusted customer relationships, empowering our

people, and generating efficiencies through technology and innovation.

By leveraging the collective strength of our diverse businesses and

investing in innovation, we are positioning PGW for sustainable,

long-term quality growth.

Our vision communicates why we do what we do.

It is future focused, bringing farmers and growers,

and the experience from working with us into

the foreground of what we do every day. It also

encapsulates that we share in our customers’ success.

Our Purpose | Tā Mātou

Kaupapa

HELPING FARMERS AND

GROWERS SUCCEED WITH EXPERT

KNOWLEDGE AND CONFIDENCE.

He āwhina i ngā kaipāmu me ngā

kaitipu kia angitu mā ngā mōhiotanga

mātanga me te ngākau titikaha.

During the year, PGW launched its refreshed

purpose and vision, and reset its Group Strategy.

PGW Group

Strategy | Rautaki Rōpū a PGW

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

3736

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGW Group Strategy | Snapshot
BUSINESS UNITS

• Rural Supplies

• Fruitfed Supplies

• Water

• Agritrade

• Livestock

• Wool

• Real Estate

BUSINESS FUNCTIONS


R

egional


I

nformation Technology


People & Safety



M

arketing


Procurement & Property



F

inance


Corporate Affairs

• Māori Agribusiness

Our Purpose | Tā Mātou Kaupapa

HELPING FARMERS AND GROWERS SUCCEED WITH

EXPERT KNOWLEDGE AND CONFIDENCE.

He āwhina i ngā kaipāmu me ngā kaitipu kia angitu mā

ngā mōhiotanga mātanga me te ngākau titikaha.

Our Values | Tā Mātau Uara

Our Vision | Tā Mātou Tūruapō

EMPOWERED FARMERS AND GROWERS FOR

GENERATIONS TO COME.

Kia ihumanea ngā kaipāmu me ngā kaitipu mō ngā

reanga e ara mai ana.

Harness PGW’s

collective reach,

relationships,

and systems to

strategically grow

the business and

market share.

Identify and offer

innovative solutions

that utilise science

and systems,

supporting farmers

and growers to reach

their goals.

Draw on our heritage,

reach, technical

expertise, customer

relationships, and

scale as a source

of competitive

advantage.

Develop the technical

expertise of our

people, anticipate the

requirements of our

future workforce, and

keep our team safe

and well.

Leverage Our

Collective Reach

Customer Focused

Innovation

Differentiated

Offering

Invest in Our

People

SustainabilityPerformance

Measures

Embed environmental,

social and governance

practices across PGW

operations and value

chains for long-term

resilience and social

responsibility.

Monitor financial,

safety, and customer

experience KPIs,

analysing and

interpreting data to

improve business

outcomes.

Accountability

Te Papanga

Leadership

Te Hautūtanga

Integrity

Pono

Smarter

Kia koi ake

Teamwork

Te Mahi Tahi

Our Strategy on a Page layout captures in a high-level snapshot our purpose, vision, values,

Business Units, Functions, and our Group Strategic Priorities into an easily understood

cohesive framework. Our Strategic Priorities articulate the unified areas of focus for the

business, guiding our collective efforts to strengthen our position as a market leader.

The PGW Group Strategy outlines our Strategic Priorities at a high level, these cascade though the Business Units

and Business Functions in specific actions and initiatives. The Strategic Priorities have measurable objectives, and

we track our progress against specific deliverables and targets. Our Group Strategy remains dynamic and evolving in

response to changing market demands, ensuring we remain agile and future focused.

Our Group Strategic Priorities

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

3938

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

40
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

41

The acquisition is a complementary strategic fit, aligning with our

PGW Group Strategy while supporting growth. PGW has partnered

with Nexan for over a decade, and its commitment to innovation

and rural communities aligns well with PGW’s vision and purpose.

The acquisition ensures these trusted New Zealand made products

remain backed by local expertise and tailored to meet the needs of

our rural communities. Nexan has a proven record in the research

and development (R&D) space as an innovator, and we see this core

capability adding to PGW’s strengths.

Through Agritrade, our wholesale division, PGW will continue to

exclusively distribute Nexan’s full product range, which is widely

available through veterinary practices and rural merchants across

New  Zealand, including PGW’s Retail network.

Nexan Group Acqusition

In July 2025, PGW acquired Nexan

Group, the manufacturer of animal

health products. This investment

reinforces PGW’s commitment to

supporting local manufacturing

and delivering high-quality

innovative solutions that help New

Zealand farmers thrive.

These initiatives further develop and leverage our existing strengths and amplify a number of our Group’s

Strategic Priorities; in particular our ambitions to capitalise on Customer Focused Innovation and our

Differentiated Offering. Customer Focused Innovation identifies innovative solutions that utilise science

and systems to support farmers and growers achieve their production goals. Our Differentiated Offering

hones in on the unique areas of competitive advantage that set PGW apart from others in the market.

Ultimately, these initiatives all target growth opportunities for the business, while leveraging PGW’s core

competency around its technical offering.

BlueAG

Another key growth initiative

is our ‘BlueAG’ private label

ag-chem range which will

be stocked through our

Rural Supplies and Fruitfed

Supplies stores later this year.

Building brand equity in our proprietary BlueAG range will

provide greater branding recognition, and the opportunity to

build trust and credibility in our label, which we will continue

to grow and develop with additional ranging over time.

BlueAG provides PGW with price-point control, while giving

our customers more product options they can trust.

Research and Development Site

We also recently announced

that PGW has taken the lease

of the Geelen Family Trust

Research Station, previously

operated by Bayer Crop

Science, in Hastings.

PGW has had a longstanding commitment to R&D, and this site is an extension of that

continued investment.

The site will be a dedicated hub for horticultural and agricultural research. Each year, PGW’s

dedicated Technical Team runs some 70 to 80 scientific trials in paddocks and orchards

across the country, in collaboration with cooperating farmers and growers. By investing

in our own dedicated site, it will enable us to expand on those trial programmes and

implement more controlled and scalable research at this specifically purposed facility. This

R&D pipeline will allow us to deliver even greater insights and value on-farm and orchard

for years to come.

The 2.8-hectare site is currently split into approximately 600 apple trees, 50 peach trees,

1,100 metres of grapevines, and around one hectare of grasses which will likely be

cultivated into fodder and onion crops.

PGW’s trials may investigate the efficacy of new plant protection products, evaluate

herbicides as part of registration processes, or look into how particular fertilisers work in

New Zealand conditions. Each trial builds a deeper knowledge and understanding of the

products to be supplied to our customers.

We learn firsthand how these products work in local conditions, often years before they are

available to our market or before our competitors are even aware of them. The knowledge

gained during these trials is fed directly to our frontline staff working with farmers and

growers. Results from the first trials, launching in September, are expected from January 2026.

We have recently announced three important initiatives

that fit well with our strategy of enhancing PGW’s

position as the market leader in the rural servicing sector

in relation to our technical offering.

PGW Group Strategy | Initiatives

Nexan’s range provides scientifically developed drenching solutions for cattle, sheep, and deer.

Its brands include Vetmed, Active+, Farma, Cervidae, and Centramax.

Ryegrass and clover in a summer

paddock. Proprietary seeds can

provide a long-term advantage.

Photo credit: PGG Wrightson Seeds Limited

PGW Group Strategy | Performance Measures
Performance Measures

Customer Experience:

Safety Performance:Financial Performance:

Net Promoter Score (NPS):

Target continual annual improvement.

Normalised EBIT:

Target of 10% growth

in Normalised Earnings

Before Interest and

Tax over a three-year

rolling cycle.

ROCE:

Target 10% Return

on Capital Employed

(ROCE) over a three-

year rolling cycle.

Earnings per Share

(EPS):

Earnings Per Share (EPS):

Target of 11 cents per

share for the financial

year to 30 June 2025.

The Health, Safety, and Wellbeing of our people is of utmost

importance to us and an area where we want to raise PGW’s

game. A key safety performance measure is continuous

improvement in our safety and wellbeing culture. This is

measured through our Total Recordable Injury Frequency

Rate (TRIFR), a common safety metric used by organisations

to measure improvement. We are committed to continuous

annual improvement and demonstrated this against various

Critical Risks. Our overall TRIFR result for FY25 was as follows:

PGW’s purpose is to help our farmer and grower customers

succeed. A key feature of PGW’s success as a business is the

trust that customers place in PGW, our people, and our brand.

We know that PGW is seen as a trusted provider to the rural

servicing sector. We do not take that for granted, we undertake

external research regularly to better understand customer

perceptions of PGW and gather insights as to how we are seen

as a business. This work provides good actionable observations

relating to the deep customer relationships our frontline staff

have and the trust that our customers place in PGW.

Given customer experience is so important to our continued

success as a business our strategy is to target continual

annual improvements in our Group Net Promoter Scores (NPS)

measures. NPS is a commonly used measurement of customer

satisfaction and loyalty, which is based on a customer’s

likelihood to recommend a service or business. PGW’s Group

NPS results for FY25 are as follows:

One of our key objectives is to maintain positive growth across the financial cycles, ensuring long-term value creation for our shareholders.

Our three financial performance measure results for FY25 were as follows:

Significant positive gain

from previous year’s NPS survey

Not achieved Not achieved

cents per share

Although FY25 included a rebound

for the Livestock and Real Estate

businesses, this did not offset the

reduced earnings in the Retail &

Water business compared to the

record FY23 result.

While the result was just short of

the target, it was impacted by the

challenging FY24 result which was

largely a product of the economic

environment that was felt across

the agricultural sector.

PGW’s EPS benefited from the

much-improved operating result,

in particular for the Livestock and

Real Estate businesses.

-24%9%14

FY25:FY25:FY25:

Another Strategic Priority are our PGW Group Performance Measures. These measures identify several key performance

indicators we track on an ongoing basis, to assess how well we are delivering on the business outcomes we aim to achieve, and

how we can analyse and interpret the data to improve these business outcomes. The three performance areas we monitor as

part of this Strategic Priority include measures for Financial Performance, Safety Performance, and Customer Experience.

Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate

(TRIFR):

Demonstrate continuous annual

improvement in our safety outcomes.

The TRIFR rate increased by 4.6%* compared

to FY24. This is partly as a result of improved

reporting across the business as our safety

culture matures. We continue to monitor our

results, as we strive to continually improve our

safety performance.

PGW’s Group NPS experienced a significant positive gain on

last year. These results align with an improvement in rural

confidence levels as recorded in recent sentiment surveys.

Importantly, it also indicates that PGW’s NPS scores have

improved noticeably relative to our key competitors.

A slight increase

from previous year’s result

FY25:

FY25:

* These calculations are based on contracted hours worked by permanent

and temporary employees, using a base of 1 million hours.

Achieved

Not achieved

Achieved

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

4342

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

The on-farm lamb sale at Airies Station
in Rollesby Valley, west of Fairlie,

South Canterbury.

Three Decades

of Dedication:

Celebrating the

Rollesby Valley

Lamb Sale

The celebration of South Canterbury’s

30th annual Rollesby Valley Lamb

Sale in Burke’s Pass, also marked

the 30th anniversary of dedicated,

continuous support from PGW Livestock

Representative, Bruce Dunbar. Bruce’s

commitment to this event and the local

community is the culmination of his

passion for the sector and representative

of the relationships cultivated with

vendors and buyers over three decades

of service.

Our People | Ā Mātou Tāngata

Livestock

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

4544

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Our People | Three Decades of Dedication
46

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

47

The single-farm initiative between Bruce and the Munro

family at Airies Station that began in 1995 was a relatively new

concept at a time when on-farm livestock auctions were rare.

n board from the start, neighbouring

farms joined the progressive sale

event, moving from farm to farm

throughout the day. Over the decades,

the sale has grown into one of the

region’s most anticipated livestock

events. Peak years have included up to

eight farms selling some 22,000 lambs

sold in a single day. This year, six farms

participated to contribute a total of

16,000 lambs to the sale.

Rollesby Valley Lamb Sale’s mid-February

date is ideal timing for store lamb buyers

throughout the South Island. Many

buyers are Mid-Canterbury cropping

farmers looking to restock after their

harvest. The sale’s format, offering store

lambs freshly weaned and sorted by size

and type, ensures buyers receive high-

quality animals at a time when demand

is strong.

Bruce noted that this year’s sale reflected

one of the best growing seasons in

recent memory, “Late spring and summer

brought exceptional pasture growth, and

with export schedules remaining firm,

farmers were well-positioned to benefit.

Most vendors saw price increases of

$35 to $50 per head compared to last

year, which speaks to the strength of the

market and the quality of the lambs on

offer.”

The sale route alternates annually,

either starting at the bottom of the

valley and moving upward or vice versa.

This year, the sale went up the valley,

showcasing the diversity and scale of the

participating properties.

While the roster of farms has shifted

over time, a core group have remained

constant participants. These farms, all

Bruce’s long-time clients, help maintain

the sale’s reputation for reliability and

quality.

Grant Munro of Airies Station Partnership

says, “It's been amazing working with

Bruce. He's been our agent for my father

and myself, so he's been our go to guy

for the past 30 years. He's been incredibly

good at what he does, he’s always

approachable. PGW’s been very lucky to

have him on board for the past 30 odd

years.”

The logistics behind the sale are a

significant undertaking. Each year the

event harnesses the support from the

entire PGW team and involves meticulous

coordination across multiple farms.

PGW Livestock Trainees from Otago and

Canterbury lend a hand, gaining valuable

experience.

Peter Newbold, PGW’s General Manager -

Livestock, comments,

“Bruce has been a cornerstone

of this event for 30 years.

His dedication and strong

relationships with his clients

and the wider farming

community has been key

to the sale’s continued

success. Even in years when

market conditions were

less favourable, the sale

consistently delivered strong

results, thanks in a large part

to Bruce’s strategic approach

and trusted relationships.

The farmers of Rollesby Valley

are longstanding and valued

PGW customers, whose loyalty

to the company we deeply

appreciate and respect.”

As the Rollesby Valley Lamb Sale enters

its fourth decade, it remains a vital

fixture in South Canterbury’s agricultural

landscape and calendar. With strong

vendor participation, loyal buyers, and a

dedicated team behind the scenes, the

event continues to thrive thanks in no

small part to Bruce’s enduring leadership

and the collaborative spirit of the local

farming community.

Above: Bruce Dunbar, PGW Livestock

Representative, discusses the quality of the

lambs on offer and how the previous sales had

gone with Angus Munro (L) and Grant Munro (R)

of Airies Station Partnership in Rollesby Valley,

west of Fairlie, South Canterbury.


Left: Sign acknowledging the 30 years of support

from PGW and Bruce Dunbar from Single Hill

Farm, west of Fairlie, South Canterbury.

O

Strength in
Relationships:

Working

Together for

Greater Success

When Ngāi Tukairangi Trust grew

its horticultural footprint into

Turanganui-a-Kiwa | Poverty Bay in

2022 by acquiring two orchards, it

not only added some 36 hectares of

premium Gold kiwifruit, persimmons,

and mandarins to its operation,

but also expanded its wealth of

local knowledge.

Our Customers | Ā Mātou Kiritaki

Cristiano Padilha, Fruitfed Supplies Technical

Horticultural Representative, checks out this season's

satsuma mandarin harvest with Bruce Van Dorp and John

MacPherson, both Orchard Managers with Ngāi Tukairangi

Trust, near Gisborne, Tairāwhiti.

Fruitfed

Supplies

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

4948

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Our Customers | Strength in Relationships
50

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

51

Bruce van Dorp and John MacPherson, two season

orchard managers, brought decades of experience to the

merger and began a valuable and continuing relationship

between Bruce, John, and Cristiano Padiha, Fruited

Supplies Technical Horticultural Representative.


ne of the new orchards, Kahui ā

Nuku located in Makauri, grows

nine hectares of persimmons, six

hectares of Gold kiwifruit, and two and

a half hectares of mandarins. Bruce has

managed these blocks for over 30 years

during which time he has cultivated a

deep-rooted knowledge of Gisborne’s

horticultural landscape. He has shaped

the orchard into a high-performing

operation through his commitment to

innovation. From pioneering the region’s

early transition from Hayward to Gold

kiwifruit in the 1990s to combating

changing climate conditions by elevating

root systems to allow water to run off

into the middle of the rows, the orchard’s

success can be directly linked to Bruce’s

handiwork.

John has managed Kahui ā Rangi for

decades prior to the Ngāi Tukairangi

Trust's purchase. The site currently

spans 11 hectares of persimmons and

eight hectares of Gold kiwifruit. For

years, Bruce and John have worked

together, combining their crews for

harvest and thinning. Finding strength

in collaboration, they maintain close

communication with Ngāi Tukairangi

Trust’s other regional managers to share

insights and best practices. Both orchards

supply domestic and export markets with

export fruit destined for Asia, Australia,

and North America.

After joining Fruitfed Supplies 15

months ago, Cristiano Padilha, Technical

Horticultural Representative, quickly

became a trusted advisor to Bruce

and John, providing timely product

recommendations, technical support,

and logistical assistance.

“Cristiano has slotted in seamlessly,” Bruce

says. “He understands our routines and

the seasonal pressures we face, assisting

us with monitoring pests, planning crop

protection programmes, and ensuring

the orchards have access to the latest

ag-chem solutions. We’ve been working

with Fruitfed Supplies for over 15 years

and our partnership is particularly critical

in managing the unique challenges

of Turanganui-a-Kiwa, such as heavier

soils and increasing autumn rainfall. It’s

always handy when Cristiano can deliver

supplies directly to us, especially when

we’re in the thick of harvest or thinning.”

Cristiano appreciates Bruce’s know-

how, “Working with Bruce is a privilege.

His depth of experience and practical

knowledge make every conversation

valuable. My role is to support his vision

with timely advice and reliable service.

Together, we’ve built a strong relationship

to help the orchard thrive. It’s rewarding

to be part of a team so committed to

excellence and innovation.”

Their collaboration with Cristiano ensures

the operations run smoothly. Christiano’s

technical expertise and quick response to

their needs ensures Bruce and John can

focus on strategic orchard management,

confident that their crop protection plans

and supply needs are in capable hands.

The horticultural landscape in Gisborne

is evolving, Bruce says there is a shift

toward larger corporate ownership and

increasing compliance demands. “It’s a

different environment now, but one that

still depends on good people and strong

local knowledge.”

Fruitfed Supplies is proud to be part of

this environment, supporting growers

like Bruce and John with tailored advice,

reliable service, and collaboration. Their

partnership is a testament to the value of

trust, consistency, commitment, and the

strength of relationships.

Cristiano Padilha (C), Fruitfed Supplies Technical

Horticultural Representative, checks out this season's

satsuma mandarin harvest with Bruce Van Dorp (L)

and John MacPherson (R), both Orchard Managers with

Ngāi Tukairangi Trust, near Gisborne, Tairāwhiti.

O

Research Powered
by collaboration:

New data reveals

a new tool to

manage drench

resistance

Drench resistance and worm challenge

are a growing issue for New Zealand’s

sheep and cattle industry. As there are

no new drench actives on the horizon,

PGW and PGG Wrightson Seeds

Limited (under separate ownership)

collaborated in a multi-year research

trial to reduce worm burdens on-farm,

and reduce drenching, resulting in

slowing of drench resistance.

Our People | Ā Mātou Tāngata

Lambs grazing on a

summer forage crop.

Animal

Health

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

5352

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Our People | Research Powered by Collaboration
54

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

The results show summer forage crops can reduce

parasite burdens in livestock, reducing a reliance

on chemical drenches and slowing resistance

development.

upported by last year’s inaugural PGW

Research & Development Internship

Programme, a summer intern researched

sustainable parasite management

practices in livestock. Until this trial, the

concept of using forage crops as a viable

parasite management tool was assumed

by industry, but there was limited modern

New Zealand data to support this

approach. The trial confirmed the benefits

of summer forage crops. These highly

nutritious, high protein, high energy

crops grow taller and more openly than

traditional pasture. The upright nature of

these crops means more sunlight during

the establishment phase to create an

environment inhospitable to parasites,

resulting in fewer parasite larvae for the

young stock to ingest.

The trial, conducted across multiple

sites including PGG Wrightson Seeds’

Kimihia Research Centre, satellite farms,

and commercial properties throughout

the North and South Islands, focused on

the traditional 28-day drenching cycle.

Using faecal egg counts to monitor worm

reinfection over a 70-day grazing period,

the team found animals grazing on

summer forage crops experienced lower

parasite loads compared to those on

pasture. Many reached processing weight

before needing another treatment, saving

farmers two to three drenches per animal,

reducing input costs and unnecessary

yarding.

Jason Leslie (BVSc) PGW Technical Expert

– Animal Health and veterinarian explains,

“New Zealand’s temperate climate and

moisture levels create ideal conditions

for worm larvae to thrive in pasture. This

is especially problematic for young stock

with underdeveloped immune systems.”

Charlotte Westwood (BVSc, MANCVS,

MVM, PhD) Veterinary Nutritionist at PGG

Wrightson Seeds adds, “The controlled

conditions at Kimihia allowed for

precise monitoring, while the results on

commercial farms confirmed the practical

benefits of the approach. This trial

highlights the importance of agronomic

planning. It’s not just about planting a

crop, it’s about managing it properly to

keep grass and weeds out, which can

harbour larvae. This is a full farm systems

approach, and it’s great to see both

PGW and PGG Wrightson Seeds involved

in developing and supporting these

technologies.”

Jason and Charlotte recommend getting

your agronomist to check for weeds in

the paddock so they can be cleaned

out before planting. Establishment of

the summer forage crop takes from six

weeks to three months, depending on

the particular crop. The absence of stock

over this period means any larvae already

present are reducing with no introduction

of new parasites. Any contamination of

the crop with weeds, in particular grass

weeds, reduces the protection against

worm reinfection.

The trial’s success gained attention

during its launch at Controlling Parasites

of Livestock, an industry and veterinary

workshop hosted by Elanco New

Zealand. It was then subsequently

presented at the New Zealand Veterinary

Association Conference to equal acclaim.

Wormwise, New Zealand’s national worm

management strategy group, has also

recognised the benefits of this trial and

has reiterated the benefits of grazing

animals on summer forage crops.

This initiative aligns with PGW’s broader

mission to support farmers with

sustainable, evidence-based solutions.

By promoting the use of summer forage

crops, PGW is helping farmers improve

productivity, reduce input costs, and

protect the long-term viability of parasite

control methods.

This trial underscores PGW’s role in solving

industry challenges through practical,

science-backed innovation. With strong

data and farmer-focused implementation,

summer forage crops are proving to be

a fantastic tool in New Zealand’s parasite

management strategy.

Scan the QR code for more

information on using

forage crops to lower worm

challenge in lambs.

Jason Leslie, PGW Technical Expert – Animal Health (R), Charlotte Westwood Veterinary

Nutritionist at PGG Wrightson Seeds (L), and Alice Hutchinson, Nutrition Technician

at PGG Wrightson Seeds (C), collect faecal egg count samples from lambs at Kimihia,

PGG Wrightson Seeds, near Lincoln, Canterbury.

Key Financial Disclosures

Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Hira

Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 30 June 2025

Ngā Tauākī ā-Pūtea Tōpū mō te tau i mutu i te 30 Hune 2025

Scott Tapp, PGW Real Estate Salesperson, discusses

the suitability of the property for upscaling their beef

finishing operation with Vanessa and Shaun Russell,

owners of Russell Farms, near Silverdale, Auckland.

S

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

55

56
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

57

The Directors are responsible for ensuring that the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial

position of the PGG Wrightson Limited and its controlled entities (together the “Group”) as at 30 June 2025 and the financial

performance and cash flows for the year ended on that date.

The Directors consider that the consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared using appropriate

accounting policies, consistently applied and supported by reasonable judgements and estimates and that all of the relevant

financial reporting and accounting standards have been followed.

The Directors believe that proper accounting records have been kept which enable, with reasonable accuracy, the

determination of the financial position of the Group and facilitate compliance of the consolidated financial statements with

the Financial Reporting Act 2013 and the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013.

The Directors are pleased to present the consolidated financial statements for the Group set out on pages 57 to 100 for the

year ended 30 June 2025.

The consolidated financial statements contained on pages 57 to 100 have been authorised for issue on 11 August 2025.

For and on behalf of the Board.

Garry Moore Sarah Brown

Chair Director and Audit

Committee Chair

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Directors’ Responsibility Statement

For the year ended 30 June 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss

For the year ended 30 June 2025

2025 2024

NOTE $000 $000

Operating revenue 1 975,344 915,946

Cost of sales 2 (720,347) (680,245)

Gross profit 254,997 235,701

Other income 952 252

Employee expenses (146,637) (138,867)

Other operating expenses 3 (53,181) (52,916)

Operating EBITDA 27C 56,131 44,170

Non-operating gains/(losses) 4 1,119 (67)

Impairment and fair value gains/(losses) 5 – –

Depreciation and amortisation expense (31,066) (28,748)

EBIT

27C 26,184 15,355

Net interest expense 6 (11,186) (10,760)

Foreign exchange gain/(loss) 6 821 (390)

Fair value gain/(loss) on foreign exchange derivatives 6 (1,827) 1,124

Profit before income tax 13,992 5,329

Income tax expense 7 (3,328) (2,265)

Net profit after tax 10,664 3,064

Basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS)

2025 2024

NOTE $ $

Basic and diluted EPS 8 0.141 0.041

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|

5958

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Key Financial Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Hira

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Consolidated Statement of Other Comprehensive Income

For the year ended 30 June 2025

2025 2024


N

OTE


$000 $000

Net profit after tax 10,664 3,064

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Remeasurements of defined benefit liability 18 585 184

T

ax on remeasurements of defined benefit liability

7


(273)


(13)

T

otal other comprehensive income/(loss) for the period 312 171

Total comprehensive income for the period 10,976 3,235

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Segment Report

For the year ended / as at 30 June 2025

A. Operating segments

The Group has two primary operating segments, Agency and Retail

& Water, which are the Group's strategic divisions. These operating

segments operate within New Zealand.

The two operating segments offer different products and services,

and are managed separately because they require different skills,

technology and marketing strategies. Within each segment, further

business unit analysis may be provided to management where there

are significant differences in the nature of activities. The Chief Executive

Officer and Chairman of the Board reviews internal management

reports on each strategic business unit on at least a monthly basis.

The Group's segments are described below:



A

gency: This segment derives its revenue primarily from

commissions in respect of rural Livestock, Wool and Real Estate

transactions. This segment also derives revenue from wool and

velvet product sales, and interest revenue from its GO-STOCK

receivables (refer to Note 12 GO-STOCK receivables for further

explanation regarding this programme).


Retail &

Water: This segment includes the Rural Supplies and

Fruitfed Supplies retail operations, Agritrade, PGG Wrightson Water,

ancillary sales support and supply chain functions. This segment

derives its revenue primarily from the sale of goods as well as the

design, installation and servicing of irrigation solutions.

– Other (non-operating): Other relates to certain Group Corporate

activities including Governance, Finance, Treasury, Risk and

Assurance, and other support services (such as corporate property

services and marketing). The Marketing function derives sales

revenue from the Group's rewards and on-charging programmes.

Assets and liabilities allocated to each business unit combine to form

total assets and liabilities for the Agency and Retail & Water business

segments. Certain other assets and liabilities are held at a Corporate

level including those for the Corporate functions noted above.

Similarly, the profit or loss for each business unit combines to form

total profit or loss of the Agency and Retail & Water business segments.

Certain other revenues and expenses are recorded at the Corporate

level for the Corporate functions noted above.

Corporate costs allocation

The Group allocates certain Corporate costs to an operating segment

where they can be directly attributed to that segment or using the

following methods:



IT har

dware, support, licence and other costs are allocated on a per

user basis.



P

roperty costs which are not directly attributable are allocated on

a property space utilisation basis.


Business operations costs (

Accounts Payable, Accounts Receivable,

Call Centre) are allocated based on FTE usage by each operating

segment or transactional volumes. Credit Services costs are

allocated to the operating segment to which the overdue

accounts relate.

Other costs such as non-operating gains/losses, impairment and fair

value gains/losses, net interest expense, foreign exchange items and

income tax expense are not fully allocated by the Group across the

operating segments. The Group Governance, Finance, Treasury, and

Risk and Assurance functions continue to be reported outside of the

operating segments.

B.


G

eographical segment

The Group operates within New Zealand only and its revenue is

derived primarily from New Zealand.

ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|

6160

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Key Financial Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Hira

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Segment Report (continued)

For the year ended / as at 30 June 2025

C. Operating segment information

OTHER

AGENCY RETAIL & WATER (NON-OPERATING) TOTAL

2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024

$000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000

Sales revenue 84,977 89,021 759,215 719,961 1,157 1,364 845,349 810,346

Commission revenue 107,938 83,347 88 102 30 95 108,056 83,544

C

onstruction contract revenue – – 12,368 12,107 – – 12,368 12,107

Interest revenue on GO-STOCK receivables 7,181 7,294 – – – – 7,181 7,294

Interest revenue on overdue debtor accounts 427 552 891 1,003 37 54 1,355 1,609

Sublease income 434 485 402 403 199 158 1,035 1,046

T

otal external operating revenues 200,957 180,699 772,964 733,576 1,423 1,671 975,344 915,946

Cost of sales

(98,086) (94,425) (621,575) (585,024) (686) (796) (720,347) (680,245)

Gross profit 102,871 86,274 151,389 148,552 737 875 254,997 235,701

Other income 952 306 – – – (54) 952 252

Emplo

yee expenses

(51,367)


(46,168)


(68,780)


(67,675)


(26,490)


(25,024)


(146,637)


(138,867)

O

ther operating expenses (28,994) (28,098) (40,459) (39,835) 16,272 15,017 (53,181) (52,916)

Operating EBITDA 23,462 12,314 42,150 41,042 (9,481) (9,186) 56,131 44,170

Non-operating gains/(losses) 1,166 (61) (112) (38) 65 32 1,119 (67)

I

mpairment and fair value gains/(losses) – – – – – – – –

D

epreciation and amortisation expense

(9,875)


(8,552)


(17,329)


(17,019)


(3,862)


(3,177)


(31,066)


(28,748)

EBIT

14,753 3,701 24,709 23,985 (13,278) (12,331) 26,184 15,355

Net interest expense (4,737) (4,793) (2,798) (2,965) (3,651) (3,002) (11,186) (10,760)

F

oreign exchange gain/(loss)

863


(388)


(46)


(1)


4


(1)


821


(390)

Fair value gain/(loss) on

foreign exchange derivatives

(1,611) 1,557 (216) (433) – – (1,827) 1,124

Profit/(loss) before income tax

9,268


77


21,649


20,586


(16,925)


(15,334)



13,992

5,329

Income tax benefit/(expense) (2,196) (94) (5,786) (5,604) 4,654 3,433 (3,328) (2,265)

Net profit/(loss) after tax

7,072


(17)


15,863


14,982


(12,271)


(11,901)



10,664

3,064

S

egment assets 234,147 191,647 249,439 243,537 46,094 41,049 529,680 476,233

Assets held for sale – 1,402 – – – – – 1,402

Total segment assets 234,147 193,049 249,439 243,537 46,094 41,049 529,680 477,635

Total segment liabilities (104,908) (91,394) (146,372) (142,298) (104,590) (79,210) (355,870) (312,902)

C

apital expenditure

(additions to non–current assets)

4,724 13,230 5,645 10,484 12,510 12,542 22,879 36,256

T

he accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended 30 June 2025

2025 2024


N

OTE


$000 $000

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash was provided from:

Receipts from customers


916,631


936,313

Dividends r

eceived

6


5

I

nterest received 8,921 9,601

Income tax received 44 –

925,602


945,919

C

ash was applied to:

Payments to suppliers and employees (903,108) (875,584)

Lump sum contribution to PGG Wrightson Employee Benefits Plan (308) (128)

I

nterest paid

(5,379)


(6,096)

I

nterest paid on lease liabilities (4,410) (4,276)

I

ncome tax paid – (2,102)

(913,205) (888,186)

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities 12,397 57,733

Cash flows from investing activities

Cash was provided from:

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment


2,808


66

Dividend r

eceived from jointly controlled entity 392 134

3,200


200

C

ash was applied to:

Purchase of property, plant and equipment


(6,929)


(11,417)

P

urchase of intangibles

(10,499)


(11,428)

A

dvance to jointly controlled entity

(17)


(20)

(17,445) (22,865)

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities (14,245) (22,665)

Cash flows from financing activities

Cash was provided from:

Increase in external borrowings and working capital debt

9 25,182 –

25,182 –

Cash was applied to:

Dividends paid to shareholders

(1,899)


(7,763)

R

epayment of external borrowings and bank overdraft



(6,960)

R

epayment of principal portion of lease liabilities

(22,608)


(21,203)

(24,507)


(35,926)

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities 675 (35,926)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash held (1,172) (858)

Opening cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period 3,785 4,643

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period 9 2,613 3,785

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|

6362

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Key Financial Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Hira

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Reconciliation of Net Profit After Tax with Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities

For the year ended 30 June 2025

2025 2024

$000 $000

Net profit after tax 10,664 3,064

Add/(deduct) non-cash/non-operating items:

Depreciation and amortisation

31,066 28,748

Impairment and fair value losses/(gains) – –

Net bad debts written off / (recovered) 716 173

Increase/(decrease) in provision for impaired trade receivables, GO-STOCK receivables and contract assets (881) 218

L

oss/(gain) on sale of assets and investments, and lease terminations (1,219) 144

Foreign exchange loss/(gain) 237 (211)

Deferred tax expense/(benefit) (886) 2,205

Defined benefit expense/(gain) (24) (47)

P

ension contributions not expensed through profit or loss (308) (128)

E

quity accounted earnings (990) (129)

O

ther non-cash/non-operating items 21 60

Add/(deduct) movement in working capital items:

Change in inventories


(4,774)


12,341

Change in accounts receivable, GO-STOCK receivables and prepayments (52,236) 29,479

Change in trade cr

editors, provisions and accruals 25,749 (14,580)

Change in other cur

rent assets/liabilities

1,004


(1,561)

A

dd/(deduct) movement in taxation items:

Change in income tax payable/receivable 4,258 (2,043)

Net cash flow from operating activities 12,397 57,733

Cash Flows Accounting Policies

In the statement of cash flows, cash receipts and payments on behalf of customers, which reflect the activities of the customers rather than

those of the Group, are reported on a net basis.

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

As at 30 June 2025

2025 2024


N

OTE


$000 $000

ASSETS

Current

Cash and cash equivalents 9 2,613 3,785

Short-term derivative assets

10


227


584

T

rade and other receivables 11 159,769 136,259

GO-STOCK receivables

12


79,142


50,215

I

ncome tax receivable – 3,229

I

nventories

13


100,074


95,192

A

ssets classified as held for sale

16




1,402

O

ther current assets

4,329


3,936

T

otal current assets 346,154 294,602

N

on-current

Deferred tax asset


7


7,115


6,501

L

ong-term derivative assets

10


13


99

I

nvestments in equity accounted investees

1,256


484

GO

-STOCK receivables

12


2,300


2,336

O

ther investments

242


422

I

ntangible assets 14 38,706 30,023

Right-of-use assets

15A


81,332


91,570

P

roperty, plant and equipment 16 52,362 51,598

D

efined benefit asset

18


200



T

otal non-current assets

183,526


183,033

T

otal assets

529,680 477,635

LIABILITIES

Current

Working capital debt 9 – –

Short-term derivative liabilities

10


1,425


192

A

ccounts payable and accruals

17


175,205


149,540

Shor

t-term lease liabilities

15B


21,359


20,609

I

ncome tax payable 1,029 –

Total current liabilities

199,018


170,341

N

on-current

Long-term debt

9


88,182


63,000

L

ong-term derivative liabilities

10


151



L

ong-term lease liabilities 15B 65,789 76,057

L

ong-term provisions

17


2,730


2,787

D

efined benefit liability

18




717

T

otal non-current liabilities

156,852


142,561

T

otal liabilities

355,870 312,902

EQUITY

Share capital

28


372,318


372,318

R

eserves

28


16,785


16,371

R

etained earnings/(deficit)

28


(215,293)


(223,956)

T

otal equity

173,810 164,733

Total liabilities and equity 529,680 477,635

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

64
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Key Financial Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Hira

Including Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 30 June 2025

Tae atu ki Ngā Pitopito Kōrero ki Ngā Tauākī Pūtea Tōpū mō te tau i mutu i te 30 Hune 2025

Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

Additional Financial Disclosures

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 30 June 2025

REALISED

CAPITAL AND DEFINED RETAINED

SHARE RE

VALUATION

BENEFIT

PLAN

EARNINGS

/

T

OTAL

CAPITAL RESERVES RESERVE (DEFICIT) EQUITY


$000

$000


$000


$000


$000

Balance as at 1 July 2023 372,318 24,662 (8,504) (219,215) 169,261

Total comprehensive income for the period

Net profit after tax







3,064


3,064

O

ther comprehensive income

Defined benefit plan actuarial gain/(loss), net of tax





171




171

T

otal other comprehensive income





171




171

T

otal comprehensive income for the period





171


3,064


3,235

T

ransactions with shareholders recorded directly in equity

Contributions by and distributions to shareholders

Dividends to shareholders – – – (7,763) (7,763)

T

otal contributions by and distributions to shareholders







(7,763)


(7,763)

T

ransfer to retained earnings





42


(42)



B

alance as at 30 June 2024

372,318


24,662


(8,291)


(223,956)


164,733

Balance as at 1 July 2024


372,318


24,662


(8,291)


(223,956)


164,733

T

otal comprehensive income for the period

Net profit after tax








10,664


10,664

O

ther comprehensive income

Defined benefit plan actuarial gain/(loss), net of tax





312




312

T

otal other comprehensive income





312




312

T

otal comprehensive income for the period





312


10,664


10,976

T

ransactions with shareholders recorded directly in equity

Contributions by and distributions to shareholders

Dividends to shareholders








(1,899)


(1,899)

T

otal contributions by and distributions to shareholders







(1,899)


(1,899)

Transfer to retained earnings





102


(102)



B

alance as at 30 June 2025

372,318


24,662


(7,877)


(215,293)


173,810

T

he accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Simon Eddington, Livestock Representative – Genetics,

discusses the reasonable sale and good clearance under the

2024 challenging circumstances, with James Murray, owner of

Matariki Hereford stud, near Kaikoura, Marlborough.

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

65


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

6766

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

1 Operating Revenue

2025 2024

$000 $000

Revenue from contracts with customers

Sales revenue

845,349


810,346

Commission revenue 108,056 83,544

Construction contract revenue 12,368 12,107

Other operating revenue

Interest revenue on GO-STOCK receivables

7,181


7,294

Interest revenue on overdue debtor accounts 1,355 1,609

Sublease income 1,035 1,046

975,344 915,946

Income Recognition Accounting Policies

Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the revenue can be reliably

measured. The following specific recognition criteria must also be met before revenue is recognised.

Sales revenue

Sales revenue comprises the sale value of transactions where the Group acts as a principal; for example, retail store sales, and sales of wool

and velvet products. Revenue is measured at the transaction price when control is transferred to which an entity expects to be entitled in

exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer. For the sale of goods, the transfer of control occurs when the risks and rewards,

physical possession and the legal title of the goods have been transferred and accepted by the customer and the customer has a present

obligation to make payment in respect of the goods.

Customers may be entitled to discounts or rebates for certain items and/or volumes purchased, under varying categories. These discounts

or rebates are defined as variable consideration and are included in the transaction price as a component of operating revenue upon the

completion of the Group's performance obligations. These discounts or rebates are contractual in nature and known as at balance date,

therefore, no assumptions or estimates are required.

The Group offers a range of payment terms, and in some cases these can be up to 12 months. The Group does not recognise a financing

element for sales with terms of 12 months or less.

The Group offers warranties as required by New Zealand law and/or per the terms and conditions of the contracts with customers. The

Group recognises the obligations under these warranties as a provision.

Commission revenue

Commission revenue comprises commission for transactions where the Group acts as an agent. For agency commissions, the Group

does not take inventory risk or title for inventories, or for the Group's Livestock and Real Estate businesses, biological assets and properties

respectively. The Group generates commissions from acting as an agent for organising the sale of livestock or real estate.

Revenue is recognised at a point in time upon completion of the service.

Construction contract revenue

Construction services are provided to customers in the Water business to construct pivots and irrigation systems. Most contracts contain a

single performance obligation. The size and duration of the contracts can vary significantly, and customers are invoiced as work progresses.

Most contracts are completed within 12 months; therefore, the unearned revenue on these contracts are not disclosed.

The Group accounts for revenue over time, which best depicts the pattern of transfer of the construction services to the customer. The

Group uses an input method to recognise revenue based on a percentage of cost completed. This method involves judgements relating to

a contract's expected margin and its stage of completion.

Interest and similar income and expense

The Group recognises the fixed fees charged to customers under its GO-STOCK programme as interest revenue. Refer to Note 12 GO-STOCK

Receivables for further explanation regarding this programme. This interest revenue is recognised over the term of the GO-STOCK contracts

which can be for a term of up to 540 days.

The Group also recognises interest revenue on overdue receivables using the effective interest method. Refer to the accounting policies

under Note 6 Net Interest Expense and Foreign Exchange Items for further explanation on the effective interest method.

Sublease income

The Group recognises lease payments received under subleases as income on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Refer to Note 15

Right-of-Use Assets and Lease Liabilities for further explanation.

2 Cost of Sales

2025 2024

NOTE $000 $000

Depreciation and amortisation 75 89

Employee benefits (including commissions)

29,315


21,140

Inventories and consumables 13 670,417 634,062

Freight 13,331 12,985

Other 7,209 11,969

720,347 680,245

3 Other Operating Expenses

2025 2024

$000 $000

Audit of financial statements of the Company by Ernst & Young 430 420

Other assurance services provided by Ernst & Young:

Limited assurance on emissions reporting

15 53

Other services provided by Ernst & Young:

Gap analysis on climate reporting disclosures

– 30

R

esearch and development tax incentive advisory

16


21

Dir

ectors' fees 660 689

Donations 10 6

I

ncrease/(decrease) in provision for impaired trade receivables, GO-STOCK receivables and contract assets (881) 218

Net bad debts wr

itten off / (recovered)

716


173

IT and t

elecommunication costs 16,443 14,870

Marketing costs 4,515 4,800

M

otor vehicle costs 7,397 8,071

T

ravel costs

3,461


3,363

R

ental and operating lease costs 384 326

Occupancy costs (excluding rental and operating lease) 6,240 6,150

O

ther staff costs 6,198 7,137

O

ther expenses

7,577


6,589

53,181 52,916


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

6968

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

4 Non-Operating Gains/(Losses)

2025 2024

$000 $000

Gain/(loss) on sale of property, plant and equipment 1,217 (37)

Other non-operating gains/(losses)

(98)


(30)

1,119 (67)

5 Impairment and Fair Value Gains/(Losses)

2025 2024

$000 $000

Net impairment reversal/(impairment) – Property, plant and equipment – –

Fair value gains/(losses)




– –

Impairment Accounting Policies

The carrying value of the Group's assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any objective evidence of

impairment. An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses directly

reduce the carrying value of assets and are recognised in profit or loss unless the asset is carried at a revalued amount in accordance with

another standard.

Non-financial assets

The carrying amounts of the Group's non-financial assets (other than inventories and deferred tax assets) are reviewed at each reporting

date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the recoverable amount of the asset or

the cash-generating unit (CGU) to which the asset relates is estimated. A CGU is the smallest identifiable asset group that generates cash

flows that are largely independent from other assets and groups.

The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. Value in use is based on the

estimated future cash flows, discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time

value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU.

An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses are

recognised in profit or loss.

An assessment is made at each reporting date to determine whether there is an indication that previously recognised impairment losses no

longer exist or have reduced. If such indication exists, the Group estimates the asset’s or CGU’s recoverable amount. A previously recognised

impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the assumptions used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the

last impairment loss was recognised.

An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset's carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have

been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised.

6 Net Interest Expense and Foreign Exchange Items

2025 2024

$000 $000

Interest income 385 698

Interest funding expense:

Bank interest on loans and overdrafts (5,379) (6,096)

Bank facility fees (1,782) (1,086)

(7,161) (7,182)

Net interest income/(expense) excluding interest on lease liabilities

(6,776)


(6,484)

I

nterest on lease liabilities

(4,410)


(4,276)

Net interest expense (11,186) (10,760)

Foreign exchange gain/(loss)

Net gain/(loss) on foreign denominated items 821 (390)

821 (390)

Fair value gain/(loss) on foreign exchange derivatives

Fair value gain/(loss) on foreign exchange derivatives

(1,827) 1,124

(1,827) 1,124

Net Interest Expense and Foreign Exchange Items Accounting Policies

Interest and similar income and expense

For all financial instruments measured at amortised cost, interest income or expense is recorded at the effective interest rate, which is the

rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument or a shorter

period, where appropriate, to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability. The calculation takes into account all

contractual terms of the financial instrument (for example, prepayment options) and includes any fees or incremental costs that are directly

attributable to the instrument and are an integral part of the effective interest rate, but not future credit losses. Once the recorded value of a

financial asset or a group of similar financial assets has been reduced due to an impairment loss, interest income continues to be recognised

using the original effective interest rate applied to the new carrying amount.

Fair value change on foreign exchange derivatives

The Group undertakes transactions denominated in foreign currencies and exposure to movements in foreign currency arises from these

activities. The Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts to manage these exposures. These derivatives are recorded at their fair

value with mark-to-market fair value movements flowing through fair value gain/(loss) on foreign exchange derivatives in the consolidated

statement of profit or loss. Although the derivatives have not been designated in a hedge relationship, they act as an economic hedge and

will offset the underlying transactions when they occur.

Refer to
Accounting

Policies

– page 72.

Refer to

Accounting

Policies

– page 72.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

7170

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

7 Income Taxes

A. Income tax recognised in profit or loss

2025 2024

$000 $000

Current tax benefit/(expense)

Current year (4,333) (92)

A

djustments for prior years

119


33

(4,214)


(59)

Def

erred tax benefit/(expense)

Origination and reversal of temporary differences 1,022 (2,316)

A

djustments for prior years

(136)


110

886 (2,206)

Income tax benefit/(expense) (3,328) (2,265)

Reconciliation

Profit before income tax

13,992


5,329

Income tax using the Company's tax rate (28%) (3,917) (1,492)

Non-deductible expenditure

(397)


(259)

Non-assessable income 779 111

Tax credits

213


215

Over/(under) provided in prior years (17) 143

D

eferred tax impact of legislation change – tax depreciation on buildings – (915)

Other 11 (68)

Income tax benefit/(expense) (3,328) (2,265)

B. Income tax recognised directly in equity

2025 2024

$000 $000

Deferred tax on movement of actuarial gains/losses on employee benefit plans (273) (13)

Income tax benefit/(expense) recognised directly in equity (273) (13)

7 Income Taxes (continued)

C. Recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

ASSETS ASSETS LIABILITIES LIABILITIES NET NET

2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024

$000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000

Property, plant and equipment – – (604) (404) (604) (404)

Intangible assets – – (2,033) (1,439) (2,033) (1,439)

R

ight-of-use assets – – (22,773) (25,354) (22,773) (25,354)

Lease liabilities 24,493 26,775 – – 24,493 26,775

Employee benefits 5,446 3,885 – – 5,446 3,885

Provisions 2,586 3,038 – – 2,586 3,038

Deferred tax asset/(liability) 32,525 33,698 (25,410) (27,197) 7,115 6,501

RECOGNISED IN RECOGNISED IN


REC

OGNISED

O

THER

REC

OGNISED

O

THER


BALANCE IN

PROFIT

C

OMPREHENSIVE

BALANCE IN

PROFIT

C

OMPREHENSIVE

BALANCE

1 JUL 2023 OR LOSS INCOME 30 JUN 2024 OR LOSS INCOME 30 JUN 2025

$000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000

Property, plant

and equipment 512 (916) – (404) (200) – (604)

Intangible assets (1,600) 161 – (1,439) (594) – (2,033)

R

ight-of-use assets (23,539) (1,815) – (25,354) 2,581 – (22,773)

Lease liabilities 24,739 2,036 – 26,775 (2,282) – 24,493

Emplo

yee benefits 5,548 (1,650) (13) 3,885 1,834 (273) 5,446

Provisions 3,061 (22) – 3,038 (453) – 2,586

8,721 (2,206) (13) 6,501 886 (273) 7,115

D

.

Unr

ecognised tax losses and temporary differences

At 30 June 2025, the Group has no unrecognised deferred tax assets relating to tax losses and temporary differences (2024: Nil).

E.

I

mputation credits

The Group has $6.47 million imputation credits as at 30 June 2025 (2024: $5.87 million).


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

7372

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

7 Income Taxes (continued)

Income Tax Accounting Policies

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred taxation and is recognised in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to items

recognised directly in other comprehensive income or equity, in which case it is recognised directly in other comprehensive income or

equity.

Current tax

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, calculated using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at

the reporting date. Current tax includes any adjustment to tax payable with respect to previous periods. Current tax assets and liabilities are

offset only if certain criteria are met.

Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting

purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to the

temporary differences when they reverse, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantially enacted at the reporting date.

Deferred tax is not recognised for:



taxable t

emporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill;


t

emporary differences relating to subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities to the extent that the Group is able to control the

timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable they will not reverse in the foreseeable future;


t

emporary differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects

neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss.

A deferred tax asset is recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which temporary

differences can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer

probable that the related tax benefit will be recognised.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only if certain criteria are met.

8 Earnings Per Share and Net Tangible Assets

A. Earnings per share (EPS)

The calculation of EPS is based on the following profit figures and number of authorised shares.

WEIGHTED AVERAGE

ISSUED ORDINAR

Y SHARES

NUMBER OF ORDINAR

Y SHARES

2025 2024 2025 2024


000 000 000 000

Issued ordinary shares at 1 July 75,484 75,484 75,484 75,484

Balance at 30 June 75,484 75,484 75,484 75,484

There are no dilutive shares or options (2024: Nil).

2025 2024

$000 $000

Net profit after tax 10,664 3,064

2025 2024

$ $

Basic and diluted EPS 0.141 0.041

B.

N

et tangible assets (NTA)

The calculation of NTA per share, which is a required NZX disclosure, is based on the following NTA figure and the Company's issued ordinary

shares at the end of the period.

2025 2024

$000 $000

Total assets 529,680 477,635

Total liabilities

(355,870)


(312,902)

less Intangible assets (38,706) (30,023)

less Deferred tax asset

(7,115)


(6,501)

Net tangible assets 127,989 128,209

2025 2024

$ $

NTA per issued ordinary shares at the end of period 1.696 1.698

Earnings Per Share Accounting Policies

The Group presents basic and diluted EPS data for its ordinary shares. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to

shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the profit or

loss and the number of shares outstanding to include the effects of all potential dilutive shares.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

7574

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

9 Cash and Financing Facilities

2025 2024

NOTE $000 $000

Cash and cash equivalents 2,613 3,785

Current financing facilities

9

A




Term financing facilities 9 A (88,182) (63,000)

Net interest-bearing (debt)/cash and cash equivalents (85,569) (59,215)

GO-STOCK receivables 12 81,442 52,551

Net interest-bearing (debt)/cash and cash equivalents after adjusting for GO-STOCK receivables (4,127) (6,664)

A. Financing facilities

T

he Company has a syndicated facility agreement which was amended and restated on 30 June 2025. The amended and restated facility provides

the following:


C

ore debt facilities of up to $100.00 million maturing on 30 June 2027 (2024: $100.00 million maturing on 27 February 2026). This facility had

$75.00 million drawn at 30 June 2025 (2024: $50.00 million drawn).


W

orking capital facilities of up to $85.00 million maturing on 30 June 2027 (2024: $85.00 million maturing on 27 February 2026). This facility

had $13.00 million drawn at 30 June 2025 (2024: $13.00 million drawn).

The syndicated facilities fund the general commercial activities of the Group, the seasonal fluctuations in working capital and the GO-STOCK

receivables. Interest on these syndicated facilities is determined based on floating rates (i.e. OCR or BKBM plus a margin).

The Company has granted a general security deed and mortgage over all its wholly-owned New Zealand assets to a security trust. Bank of New

Zealand acts as facility agent and security trustee for the banking syndicate, which comprises Bank of New Zealand, Coöperatieve Rabobank

U.A. (New Zealand branch) and Westpac New Zealand Limited. The agreement contains various financial covenants and restrictions, including

maximum permissible ratios for debt leverage and operating leverage, together with limits for GO-STOCK receivables, capital expenditure and

asset disposals. Covenants are reported to the facility agent on a quarterly basis.

The syndicated facility agreement allows the Group, subject to certain conditions, to enter into additional facilities outside of the Company's

syndicated facility. The additional facilities are guaranteed by the security trust. These facilities amounted to $4.77 million as at 30 June 2025 (2024:

$4.77 million) and included the following:



O

verdraft facilities of $3.00 million. This facility was undrawn at 30 June 2025 (2024: undrawn).


Guarant

ees and letters of credit of $1.77 million.

10 Derivative Financial Instruments

The Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts to manage its exposure to foreign currency fluctuations. In accordance with the Group's

treasury policy, the Group does not hold any of these derivative instruments for trading purposes.

2025 2024

$000 $000

Derivative assets held for risk management

Current

227


584

Non-current 13 99

240 683

Derivative liabilities held for risk management

Current

(1,425)


(192)

Non-current (151) –

(1,576) (192)

N

et derivative asset/(liability) held for risk management

(1,336) 491

Derivative Financial Instruments Accounting Policies

Derivative financial instruments are recognised initially at fair value and transaction costs are expensed immediately. Subsequent to initial

recognition, derivative financial instruments are stated at fair value, and changes therein are generally recognised in profit or loss. The fair

value of forward exchange contracts is based on broker quotes.

Where the Group enters into derivative transactions, these agreements do not meet the criteria for offsetting in the consolidated statement

of financial position. The fair value amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position are recorded on a gross basis.

The Group does not currently apply hedge accounting.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

7776

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

11 Trade and Other Receivables

2025 2024

NOTE $000 $000

Accounts receivable due from unrelated parties 130,454 111,848

Accounts receivable due from related parties

24




1

Gross accounts receivable 130,454 111,849

less Provision for impaired debtors (1,496) (2,308)

Net accounts receivable 128,958 109,541

Contract assets

2,650


3,117

less Provision for impaired contract assets – –

Other receivables 23,702 20,036

Prepayments 4,459 3,565

Trade and other receivables 159,769 136,259

Analysis of movements in provisions for impaired debtors and contract assets

Balance at the beginning of year

(2,308)


(2,030)

Movement in provision 812 (278)

Balance at the end of the year

(1,496) (2,308)

The ageing status of the accounts receivable at the reporting date is as follows:

TOTA L TOTA L

ACCOUNTS ACCOUNTS

RECEIVABLE PROVISION RECEIVABLE PROVISION


2025 2025 2024 2024

$000 $000 $000 $000

Not past due 121,689 (505) 98,624 (561)

Past due 1 – 30 days 3,710 (71) 6,908 (12)

P

ast due 31 – 60 days 3,966 (424) 3,515 (12)

Past due 61 – 90 days 491 (33) 544 (60)

P

ast due 90 plus days 598 (463) 2,258 (1,663)

130,454 (1,496) 111,849 (2,308)

12 GO-STOCK Receivables

The Group holds receivables in respect of its GO-STOCK range of livestock products. The GO-STOCK range allows farmers to defer payment for the

purchase of livestock. The counterparty farmer to the GO-STOCK product is fully exposed to the risks and rewards of ownership of the livestock.

To mitigate credit risk, the Group retains legal title to the livestock until its sale. Fee income received in respect of the GO-STOCK receivables

is recognised by the Group as interest income over the respective contract period and is included within operating revenue (refer to Note 1

Operating Revenue). Accrued interest income in respect of the GO-STOCK receivables is included within Other Receivables (refer to Note 11 Trade

and Other Receivables) and amounts to $2.82 million as at 30 June 2025 (2024: $2.35 million).

2025 2024

$000 $000

GO-STOCK receivables – Current 79,389 50,531

GO-STOCK receivables – Non-current 2,300 2,336

81,689


52,867

less

Provision for impairment – GO-STOCK receivables

(247)


(316)

81,442 52,551

Analysis of movements in provisions for impaired GO-STOCK receivables

Balance at the beginning of the year

(316)


(376)

Movement in provision 69 60

Balance at the end of the year

(247) (316)

The ageing status of the GO-STOCK receivables at the reporting date is as follows:

GO-STOCK GO-STOCK

RECEIVABLES PROVISION RECEIVABLES PROVISION

2025 2025 2024 2024

$000 $000 $000 $000

Not past due 81,689 (247) 52,709 (158)

Past due 1 – 30 days





4


(4)

Past due 31 – 60 days – – 2 (2)

Past due 61 – 90 days





2


(2)

Past due 90 plus days – – 150 (150)

81,689 (247) 52,867 (316)

Trade and Other Receivables and GO-STOCK Receivables Accounting Policies

Recognition and measurement

A receivable without a significant financing component is initially measured at the transaction price and classified as financial assets

measured at amortised cost. Accounts receivable includes accrued interest.

Impairment

Specific provisions are maintained to cover identified impaired receivables. Judgement is required in determining the impairment provision.

The Group recognises loss allowances for the expected credit loss (ECL) on Trade and GO-STOCK receivables. The Group measures loss

allowances for Trade and GO-STOCK receivables at an amount equal to lifetime ECL.

When estimating ECLs, the Group considers reasonable and supportable information that is relevant and available without undue cost and

effort. This includes both qualitative and quantitative information and analysis, based on the Group's historical experience and informed

credit assessment, that includes forward-looking information. The Group assumes that the credit risk has increased significantly if the

receivable is more than 60 days past due. The Group considers a financial asset to be in default when the debtor is unlikely to pay its credit

obligations to the Group in full, without recourse by the Group to actions such as realising security (if any is held).

On a monthly basis, the Group via its Credit Committee, assesses whether Trade and GO-STOCK receivables are credit-impaired. All

individual instruments that are considered significant are subject to this approach. A financial asset is credit-impaired when one or more

events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset have occurred. Evidence that a financial

asset is credit-impaired includes observable data such as significant financial difficulty of the debtor.

Loss allowances for financial assets measured at amortised cost are deducted from the gross carrying amount of the assets. The gross

carrying amount of a financial asset is written off when the Group has no reasonable expectations of recovering a financial asset in its

entirety or a portion thereof.

Refer to
Accounting

Policies

– page 80.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

7978

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

13 Inventory

2025 2024

$000 $000

Merchandise 87,167 83,587

Wool and velvet inventory

14,577


13,292

less Provision for inventory write-down (1,670) (1,687)

100,074 95,192

During the year, inventories of $670.42 million (2024: $634.06 million) are included in cost of sales in the profit or loss (refer to Note 2 Cost of Sales).

Included within this amount is a write-down of inventories of $1.30 million (2024: $1.12 million) to net realisable value and reversals of previously

recognised write-downs of $0.49 million (2024: $0.30 million).

Inventories Accounting Policies

Raw materials and finished goods are stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value. Cost is determined on a weighted average cost

basis. In the case of manufactured goods, cost includes direct materials, labour and production overheads. Judgement is required in

determining the net realisable value for inventories.

14 Intangible Assets

RIGHTS & CAPITAL WORK

SOFTWARE TRADEMARKS IN PROGRESS TOTAL


$000 $000 $000 $000

Cost

Balance as at 1 July 2023

30,200


2,497


11,995


44,692

Additions 27 – 11,700 11,727

Transfers 567 – (567) –

Disposals – – – –

Balance as at 30 June 2024 30,794 2,497 23,128 56,419

Balance as at 1 July 2024 30,794 2,497 23,128 56,419

Additions 15 15 10,550 10,580

T

ransfers

32,578




(32,578)



Disposals


(107)




(82)


(189)

Balance as at 30 June 2025 63,280 2,512 1,018 66,810

Amortisation

Balance as at 1 July 2023 22,689 1,789 – 24,478

Amor

tisation 1,642 276 – 1,918

Transfers – – – –

Balance as at 30 June 2024 24,331 2,065 – 26,396

Balance as at 1 July 2024 24,331 2,065 – 26,396

Amortisation 1,804 11 – 1,815

Disposals

(107) – – (107)

Balance as at 30 June 2025 26,028 2,076 – 28,104

Carrying amounts

30 June 2024

6,463


432


23,128


30,023

30 June 2025 37,252 436 1,018 38,706

A. Capital work in progress

Capital work in progress includes the transfer of the Group’s significant IT Business Improvement Programme to Software with this Programme

complete and available for use from April 2025. Operating expenditure components of the Programme have been recognised as an operating

expense.

Refer to
Accounting

Policies

– page 83.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

8180

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

14 Intangible Assets (continued)

Intangible Assets Accounting Policies

Software

Software is a finite life intangible and is recorded at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. Amortisation is charged on a

straight-line basis over an estimated useful life between 1 and 15 years. The estimated useful life and amortisation method is reviewed at

the end of each annual reporting period and adjusted if appropriate.

Rights

Manufacturing and production rights are finite life intangibles and are recorded at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment.

Amortisation is charged on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life between 2 and 10 years. The estimated useful life and

amortisation method is reviewed at the end of each annual reporting period and adjusted if appropriate.

Capital Work in Progress

Capital work in progress includes the cost of materials, services, labour and direct production overheads and is stated net of impairments.

Impairment

The carrying amounts of the Group's intangible assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of

impairment. If any such indication exists, then the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated. For intangible assets that have indefinite

lives, the recoverable amount is estimated at each reporting date. An impairment loss is recognised in the profit or loss if the carrying

amount of an asset exceeds the recoverable amount. Refer to the accounting policy under Note 5 Impairment and Fair Value Gains/(Losses)

for further explanation.

15 Right-of-Use Assets and Lease Liabilities

Group as a lessee

The Group leases many assets, including:



leases of land and buildings fr

om which it conducts operations. These leases range in length from one to ten years with various rights of

renewal. Where surplus properties are unable to be exited, the Group subleases these properties where possible and derives sublease revenue

on a short-term temporary basis.


leases of mot

or vehicles and forklifts for use by employees, agents and representatives. These leases range for a period of between three and

seven years.

The Group elects not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term or low-value property leases. The Group continues to

expense lease payments associated with these leases on a straight-line basis.

A.

R

ight-of-use assets

PROPERTY VEHICLES TOTAL



$000

$000 $000

Balance as at 1 July 2023 70,712 13,356 84,068

Additions

4,561


8,850


13,411

Depreciation charge (15,147) (6,869) (22,016)

Reassessments, modifications and terminations

15,567


540


16,107

Balance as at 30 June 2024 75,693 15,877 91,570

Balance as at 1 July 2024

75,693


15,877


91,570

A

dditions

160


5,307


5,467

D

epreciation charge

(15,951)


(7,398)


(23,349)

R

eassessments, modifications and terminations

6,004


1,641


7,645

B

alance as at 30 June 2025

65,905


15,427


81,332

B

.

L

ease liabilities

PROPERTY VEHICLES TOTAL

$000 $000 $000

Balance as at 1 July 2023 74,598 13,757 88,355

Additions

4,431


8,850


13,281

Reassessments, modifications and terminations 15,700 533 16,233

Interest on lease liabilities

3,273


1,003


4,276

Lease payments (17,805) (7,674) (25,479)

Balance as at 30 June 2024 80,197 16,469 96,666

Balance as at 1 July 2024

80,197


16,469


96,666

A

dditions

140


5,307


5,447

R

eassessments, modifications and terminations

6,007


1,636


7,643

I

nterest on lease liabilities

3,294


1,116


4,410

L

ease payments

(18,668)


(8,350)


(27,018)

B

alance as at 30 June 2025

70,970


16,178


87,148

Refer to
Accounting

Policies

– page 83.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

8382

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

15 Right-of-Use Assets and Lease Liabilities (continued)

B. Lease liabilities (continued)

A maturity analysis of lease liabilities is included in Note 19 Financial Instruments – Fair Values and Risk Management.

Where practicable, the Group seeks to include extension options in new leases to provide operational flexibility. Some of the Group's property

leases contain extension options exercisable by the Group up to one year before the end of the non-cancellable contract period. The extension

options are exercisable only by the Group and not by the lessors. The Group assesses at the lease commencement date whether it is reasonably

certain to exercise the extension options. A reassessment is made subsequently if there is any significant event or significant changes in

circumstances within the Group's control. The Group estimates that the potential future lease payments, should it exercise all the extension

options, would result in an increase in lease liabilities of $109.47 million (2024: $103.86 million).

C.

Other disclosures

2025 2024

NOTE $000 $000

Amounts in the consolidated statement of profit or loss

Depreciation on right-of-use assets

(23,349)


(22,016)

Interest on lease liabilities

6


(4,410)


(4,276)

Shor

t-term or low-value lease expenses

(605)


(655)

Variable lease payments not included in the measurement of lease liabilities

(97)


(232)

Income from subleasing right-of-use assets 1,035 1,046

Amounts in the consolidated statement of cash flows

Total cash outflow for leases

(27,018)


(25,479)

15 Right-of-Use Assets and Lease Liabilities (continued)

Lease Accounting Policies

The Group assesses at the inception of a contract as to whether the contract is, or contains, a lease as defined in NZ IFRS 16 Leases.

(i) As a lessee

The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The Group elects not to recognise right-

of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term or low-value leases. The Group continues to expense lease payments associated with these

leases on a straight-line basis.

A number of judgements and estimates are made in calculating the right-of-use asset and lease liability amounts. The judgements and

estimates include the applicable lease terms (including any rights of renewal expected to be exercised) and the Group's incremental

borrowing rate.

Right-of-use assets

Right-of-use assets are initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of lease liability adjusted for any prepaid lease

payments, plus any initial direct costs incurred and any estimated restoration costs, and less any lease incentives received. These assets are

depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the earlier of the end of the lease term or the asset's useful

life. Right-of-use assets are periodically reduced by impairment losses (if any) and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liabilities.

Lease liabilities

Lease liabilities are initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date. Lease

payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise fixed payments, variable lease payments that are based on an index

or a rate, amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, and any exercise price the Group is reasonably certain to

exercise. The lease payments are discounted using the Group's incremental borrowing rate, being the rate that the Group would have to

pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value in a similar environment under similar terms and conditions.

After the commencement date, lease liabilities are increased to reflect interest on the lease liabilities and reduced to reflect the lease

payments made. Interest on lease liabilities is charged to the profit or loss and is the amount that produces a constant periodic rate of

interest on the remaining balance of the lease liabilities.

Lease liabilities are remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, a change in the

Group's estimate of any amount payable under a residual value guarantee, or if the Group changes its assessment of whether it will exercise

a purchase, extension or termination option. When the lease liabilities are remeasured, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying

amount of the right-of-use assets, or recorded in profit or loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.

(ii) As a lessor

When the Group is an intermediate lessor, it accounts for its interests in the head lease and the sublease separately. It assesses the lease

classification of a sublease with reference to the right-of-use asset arising from the head lease.

The Group recognises lease payments received under operating leases as income within the profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the

lease term.

Refer to
Accounting

Policies

– page 85.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

8584

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

16 Property, Plant and Equipment

PLANT AND CAPITAL WORK

LAND BUILDINGS EQUIPMENT IN PROGRESS TOTAL

$000

$000 $000 $000 $000

Cost

Balance as at 1 July 2023

12,649


15,456


64,582


3,491


96,178

Additions 5,499 704 4,184 1,030 11,417

Reclassification to assets held for sale (433) (1,344) (50) – (1,827)

Transfers – 305 702 (1,007) –

Disposals





(1,232)




(1,232)

Balance as at 30 June 2024 17,715 15,121 68,186 3,514 104,536

Balance as at 1 July 2024 17,715 15,121 68,186 3,514 104,536

Additions – 759 1,626 4,555 6,940

Reclassification to assets held for sale – – – – –

Transfers – 782 3,345 (4,127) –

Disposals

– – (1,086) (3) (1,089)

Balance as at 30 June 2025 17,715 16,662 72,071 3,939 110,387

Depreciation

Balance as at 1 July 2023 – 5,165 44,272 – 49,437

D

epreciation for the year – 479 4,478 – 4,957

Depreciation recovered to cost of goods sold – – 89 – 89

R

eclassification to assets held for sale – (375) (50) – (425)

T

ransfers










Disposals

– – (1,120) – (1,120)

Balance as at 30 June 2024 – 5,269 47,669 – 52,938

Balance as at 1 July 2024 – 5,269 47,669 – 52,938

Depreciation for the year



851


5,050




5,901

Depreciation recovered to cost of goods sold – – 75 – 75

Reclassification to assets held for sale










Transfers – 245 (245) – –

Disposals





(889)




(889)

Balance as at 30 June 2025 – 6,365 51,660 – 58,025

Carrying amounts

30 June 2024 17,715 9,852 20,517 3,514 51,598

30 June 2025 17,715 10,297 20,411 3,939 52,362

16 Property, Plant and Equipment (continued)

Property, Plant and Equipment Accounting Policies

Recognition and measurement

Capital work in progress is stated at cost, net of accumulated impairment losses. Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost

less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The

cost of self-constructed assets includes the cost of materials and direct labour, any other costs directly attributable to bringing the asset

to a working condition for its intended use, and the cost of dismantling and removing the items and restoring the site on which they are

located. Purchased software that is integral to the functionality of the related equipment is capitalised as part of that equipment. When

parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items (major components)

of property, plant and equipment.

Any gain or loss on disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment is recognised in the profit or loss during the reporting period that

the item is disposed.

Subsequent expenditure

Subsequent expenditure is capitalised only if it is probable that the future economic benefits associated with the expenditure will flow to

the Group and the cost can be measured reliably. The costs of day-to-day servicing of property, plant and equipment is recognised in profit

or loss as incurred.

Depreciation

Depreciation is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each item of property, buildings, plant

and equipment. Leasehold assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives. Land is not depreciated. The

estimated useful lives for the current and comparative periods are between 2 and 40 years for plant and equipment and between 5 and 50

years for buildings. Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reassessed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

Assets held for sale

Non-current assets are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered through a sale transaction rather than through

continuing use. The sale must be highly probable and the asset available for immediate sale in its present condition. Non-current assets

held for sale are measured at the lower of the asset’s carrying amount and its fair value less costs to sell.

Impairment

The carrying amounts of the Group's property, plant and equipment assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there

is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated. An impairment loss is

recognised in the profit or loss if the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the recoverable amount. Refer to the accounting policy under

Note 5 Impairment and Fair Value Gains/(Losses) for further explanation.

17 Trade and Other Payables

2025 2024


N

OTE


$000 $000

Trade creditors 125,549 104,977

Goods received but not invoiced 6,898 6,179

Contract liabilities 1,662 1,211

Employee entitlements 24,723 17,941

Accruals and other liabilities 14,860 17,759

Loyalty reward programme 21A 1,625 1,272

O

ther provisions (including product warranty, client claim and make good provisions)

17A, 17B


2,618


2,988

177,935 152,327

Payable within 12 months 175,205 149,540

Payable beyond 12 months 2,730 2,787

177,935 152,327

Refer to
Accounting

Policies

– page 88.

Refer to

Accounting

Policies

– page 88.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

8786

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

17 Trade and Other Payables (continued)

A. Make good provision on leased properties

During the year ended 30 June 2025, the Group recognised an additional provision of $0.02 million (2024: $0.13 million) in respect of new property

leases entered into during the year. These costs have been capitalised to the right-of-use assets and are amortised over the life of the right-of-use

assets. The Group also released $0.08 million (2024: $0.12 million) of provision in respect to leased properties which it exited. At the reporting date,

the balance of the make good provision is $2.62 million (2024: $2.68 million). The Group expects to settle this liability over the next 10 years as the

leases expire.

B.

Client claims provision

The Group receives client claims from time to time as part of the ordinary course of business and these claims are reviewed on a case by case basis

to determine validity. As at balance date, the Group was in the process of reviewing certain claims for the supply of goods which are typically the

responsibility of suppliers under terms of trade. The Group recognises a provision for its best estimate of any obligation.

18 Defined Benefit Asset/(Liability)

The Group makes contributions to the PGG Wrightson Employee Benefits Plan (the "Plan"). The Plan is governed under one trust deed and the

assets of the plan are unallocated to any of the Plan members. The Plan provides a range of superannuation and insurance benefits for employees

and former employees. The Plan is registered under the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013. The Plan is not open to new members. Certain

retired employees of the Plan are entitled to receive an annual pension payment payable for their remaining life, and in some cases, for the

remaining life of a surviving partner.

The Group accounts for its interest in the Plan as a defined benefit plan with defined benefit obligations in accordance with NZ IAS 19 Employee

Benefits because the Group has a legal obligation to pay further contributions, if the Plan does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employee

benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. The Group has an obligation to ensure the Plan has sufficient assets to pay

the benefits of all members of the Plan.

The actuarial calculations for the Plan are undertaken by Michael Chamberlain, a fellow of the New Zealand Society of Actuaries, for MCA NZ

Limited.

2025 2024 2023 2022 2021

$000 $000 $000 $000 $000

Present value of funded obligations

– Defined Benefit component (20,147) (21,648) (22,723) (26,272) (30,199)

– O

ther Contribution component (24,904) (24,995) (23,886) (22,893) (25,973)

Total Present value of funded obligations (45,051) (46,643) (46,609) (49,165) (56,172)

F

air value of plan assets

– Defined Benefit component


20,347


20,931


21,647


24,146


30,510

– O

ther Contribution component

24,904


24,995


23,886


22,893


25,973

T

otal Fair value of plan assets

45,251


45,926


45,533


47,039


56,483

Total defined benefit asset/(liability) 200 (717) (1,076) (2,126) 311

18 Defined Benefit Asset/(Liability) (continued)

A. Movement in net defined benefit asset/(liability)

NET DEFINED BENEFIT

DEFINED BENEFIT OBLIGATION FAIR VALUE OF PLAN ASSETS ASSET/(LIABILITY)

2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024

$000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000

Balance as at 1 July (46,643) (46,609) 45,926 45,533 (717) (1,076)

Included in profit or loss:

Current service costs

(411) (450) – – (411) (450)

Interest costs (2,079) (2,123) 2,052 2,076 (27) (47)

Included in other comprehensive income:

Gains/(losses) from change in demographic assumptions – – – – – –

G

ains/(losses) from change in financial assumptions (168) (50) – – (168) (50)

Exper

ience gains/(losses) (963) (1,306) – – (963) (1,306)

Expec

ted return on plan assets – – 1,818 1,582 1,818 1,582

O

ther:

Employer contributions – – 668 630 668 630

Member contributions (470) (726) 470 726 – –

B

enefits paid by the Plan 5,683 4,621 (5,683) (4,621) – –

B

alance as at 30 June

(45,051)


(46,643)


45,251


45,926


200


(717)

The Group expects to pay $0.36 million in contributions to the Plan during the 2026 reporting period (2025: expected $0.57 million and paid $0.67

million). Member contributions are expected to be $0.51 million in 2026 (2025: expected $0.45 million and paid $0.47 million).

As at 30 June 2025, the weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation (DBO) is 10.49 years for the Plan (2024: 10.97 years).

B.


Plan assets

2025 2024

% %

Consist of:

Equities

51


46

Fixed interest 24 24

Cash

25


30

100 100

Plan assets do not include any exposure to the Company's ordinary shares (2024: Nil).

C. Actuarial assumptions at the reporting date

2025 2024

% %

Discount rate used – Implied 10.49 year New Zealand Government Bond rate

(2024: Implied 10.97 year New Zealand Government Bond rate) 4.59 4.70

Inflation 2.00 2.00

Future salary increases 2.50 2.50

F

uture pension increases

1.65


1.65

Refer to
Accounting

Policies

– page 94.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

8988

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

18 Defined Benefit Asset/(Liability) (continued)

C. Actuarial assumptions at the reporting date (continued)

Assumptions regarding future mortality rates based on published statistics and experience:

2025 2025 2024 2024

MALE FEMALE MALE FEMALE

YEARS YEARS YEARS YEARS

Longevity at age 65 for current pensioners 21 24 21 24

Longevity at age 65 for current members aged 45 23 25 23 25

D

. Sensitivity analysis

The sensitivity of the DBO to changes in the weighted principal assumptions is:

2025 2025 2024 2024

DBO

(INCREASE)

DBO

(INCREASE)

DBO

(INCREASE)

DBO

(INCREASE)

/ DECREASE WITH / DECREASE WITH / DECREASE WITH / DECREASE WITH

INCREASE

IN

DECREASE

IN

INCREASE

IN

DECREASE

IN


ASSUMPTION


ASSUMPTION

ASSUMPTION ASSUMPTION


$000 $000 $000 $000

Discount rate (0.50% movement) 721 (811) 793 (886)

Salary growth rate (0.50% movement) (45) 45 (47) 47

P

ension growth rate (0.25% movement) (360) 360 (373) 373

Life expectancy (1 year movement) (1,397) 1,442 (1,399) 1,399

Employee Benefits Accounting Policies

Defined benefit plan

The Group's net obligation with respect to its defined benefit plan is calculated by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees

have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods, discounting that amount and deducting the fair value of any plan

assets. The discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on bonds that have maturity dates approximating the terms of the Group's

obligations. The calculation is performed by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit method. When the calculation results

in a potential asset for the Group, the recognised asset is limited to the lower of the net assets of the Plan or the current value of the

contributions holiday that is expected to be generated.

Remeasurement of the net defined benefit asset or liability, which comprise actuarial gains and losses and the return on plan assets, are

recognised directly in other comprehensive income and the defined benefit plan reserve in equity. Net interest expense and other expenses

related to defined benefit plans are recognised in profit or loss.

Short-term employee benefits

Short-term employee benefits are expensed as the related service is provided. A liability is recognised for the undiscounted amount of

short-term employee benefits expected to be paid if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result

of past service provided by the employee and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

Long-term employee benefits

Provisions made with respect to employee benefits which are not expected to be settled within 12 months are measured as the present

value of the estimated future cash outflows to be made by the Group with respect to services provided by employees up to the reporting

date. Remeasurements are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they arise.

19 Financial Instruments – Fair Values and Risk Management

A. Accounting classifications and fair values

The tables below set out the Group's classification of each class of financial assets and liabilities, and their fair values.

FAIR VALUE

THROUGH AT AMORTISED TOTAL CARRYING

PROFIT OR LOSS COST AMOUNT FAIR VALUE

$000 $000 $000 $000

2025

Financial assets

C

ash and cash equivalents



2,613


2,613


2,613

Derivative assets 240 – 240 240

Trade and other receivables and contract assets – 155,310 155,310 155,310

GO-STOCK receivables – 81,442 81,442 81,442

Other investments – 242 242 242

240 239,607 239,847

Financial liabilities

D

ebt



(88,182)


(88,182)


(88,182)

Derivative liabilities (1,576) – (1,576) (1,576)

T

rade creditors



(125,549)


(125,549)


(125,549)

Goods received but not invoiced – (6,898) (6,898) (6,898)

L

ease liabilities



(87,148)


(87,148)



(1,576) (307,777) (309,353)

2024

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents – 3,785 3,785 3,785

Derivative assets 683 – 683 683

Trade and other receivables and contract assets – 132,694 132,694 132,694

GO-STOCK receivables – 52,551 52,551 52,551

Other investments – 422 422 422

683 189,452 190,135

Financial liabilities

Debt – (63,000) (63,000) (63,000)

Derivative liabilities (192) – (192) (192)

T

rade creditors



104,977


104,977


104,977

G

oods received but not invoiced



(6,179)


(6,179)


(6,179)

L

ease liabilities



(96,666)


(96,666)



(192) (270,822) (271,014)

Management assessed that the fair values of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, trade creditors and other current liabilities approximate

their carrying amounts largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

Refer to
Accounting

Policies

– page 94.

Refer to

Accounting

Policies

– page 94.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

9190

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

19 Financial Instruments – Fair Values and Risk Management (continued)

A. Accounting classifications and fair values (continued)

Fair value hierarchy

The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:



L

evel 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities


L

evel 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or

indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)



L

evel 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)

LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3 TOTAL

$000 $000 $000 $000

2025

Derivative assets – 240 – 240

Derivative liabilities – (1,576) – (1,576)

2024

D

erivative assets



683




683

D

erivative liabilities



(192)




(192)

B

.

F

inancial management risk

The Group's primary risks are those of liquidity and funding, credit and market (foreign currency, price and interest rate) risks.

The Group is committed to the management of risk to achieve sustainability of service, employment and profits, and therefore, takes on controlled

amounts of risk when considered appropriate. The Board of Directors is responsible for the review and ratification of the Group's systems of risk

management, internal compliance and control, code of conduct and legal compliance. The Board maintains a formal set of delegated authorities

(including policies for credit and treasury) that clearly define the responsibilities delegated to Management and those retained by the Board. The

Board approves these delegated authorities and reviews them annually.

The following Management committees review and manage key risks:


T

he Senior Management Team meets regularly to consider new and emerging risks, review actions required to manage and mitigate key risks,

and to monitor progress.


The Credit Committee, comprising of Management appointees, meets regularly to review credit risk, account limits and provisioning.

Management formally reports on all aspects of key risks to the Audit Committee at least two times each year.

(i) Liquidity and funding risks

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulties in raising funds at short notice to meet commitments associated with financial

instruments. Funding risk is the risk of over-reliance on a funding source to the extent that a change in that funding source could increase overall

funding costs or cause difficulty in raising funds.

The Group manages liquidity risk by forecasting daily cash requirements and future funding requirements, and maintaining an adequate liquidity

headroom. The Group monitors its liquidity daily, weekly and monthly and maintains appropriate liquid assets and committed bank funding

facilities to meet all obligations in a timely and cost efficient manner. The Group has a policy of funding diversification and utilises a banking

syndicate to limit concentration risk in relation to liquidity and funding. The funding policy augments the Group's liquidity policy with its aim to

ensure the Group has a stable diversified funding base without over-reliance on any one market sector.

The objectives of the Group's funding and liquidity policy is to:



Ensur

e all financial obligations are met when due;


P

rovide adequate protection, even under crisis scenarios; and


Achieve competitive funding within the limitations of liquidity requirements.

19 Financial Instruments – Fair Values and Risk Management (continued)

B. Financial management risk (continued)

(i) Liquidity and funding risks (continued)

Contractual maturity analysis

The following schedule analyses the Group's financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the balance

date to the contractual maturity date (reported on an undiscounted basis). History demonstrates that such accounts provide a stable source of

long term funding for the Group.

CONTRACTUAL CASH FLOW

AMOUNT IN

STATEMENT OF

WITHIN BEYOND FINANCIAL

12 MONTHS 1 TO 5 YEARS 5 YEARS TOTAL POSITION


$000 $000 $000 $000 $000

2025

Debt

7,029


95,079




102,108


88,182

Derivative liabilities 1,425 151 – 1,576 1,576

Trade creditors

125,549






125,549


125,549

Goods received but not invoiced 6,898 – – 6,898 6,898

L

ease liabilities 24,869 62,971 8,954 96,794 87,148

165,770 158,201 8,954 332,925 309,353

2024

Debt 7,181 67,787 – 74,968 63,000

D

erivative liabilities 192 – – 192 192

Trade creditors 104,977 – – 104,977 104,977

G

oods received but not invoiced 6,179 – – 6,179 6,179

Lease liabilities 24,543 68,990 16,087 109,620 96,666

143,072 136,777 16,087 295,936 271,014

Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities

LEASE

CHANGES IN ADDITIONS AND

1 JUL 2024 CASHFLOW FAIR VALUE MODIFICATIONS 30 JUN 2025


$000 $000 $000 $000 $000

Debt 63,000 25,182 – – 88,182

Lease liabilities 96,666 (22,608) – 13,090 87,148

Total liabilities from financing activities 159,666 2,574 – 13,090 175,330

LEASE

CHANGES IN ADDITIONS AND

1 JUL 2023 CASHFLOW FAIR VALUE MODIFICATIONS 30 JUN 2024

$000 $000 $000 $000 $000

Debt 69,960 (6,960) – – 63,000

Lease liabilities 88,355 (21,203) – 29,514 96,666

Total liabilities from financing activities 158,315 (28,163) – 29,514 159,666

Refer to
Accounting

Policies

– page 94.

Refer to

Accounting

Policies

– page 94.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

9392

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

19 Financial Instruments – Fair Values and Risk Management (continued)

B. Financial management risk (continued)

(ii) Credit risk

Credit risk is the potential for loss that could occur as a result of a counterparty failing to discharge its obligations. This may be due to extreme

weather events or volatility in commodity prices.

Concentrations of credit risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Group to concentrations of credit risk principally consist of bank balances, trade receivables,

GO-STOCK receivables, other receivables, other investments and forward foreign exchange contracts. The Group places its cash with two major

trading banks. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade and GO-STOCK receivables are limited due to the large number of customers

included in the Group's farming customer base in New Zealand.

(iii) Market risk

Market risk is the potential for change in the value recorded in the Statement of Financial Position caused by a change in the value, volatility or

relationship between market risks and prices. Market risk arises from the mismatch between assets and liabilities, both on and off balance sheet.

Market risk includes price, foreign currency and interest rate risk which are explained as follows:

Concentrations of market risk

The Group has exposure to commodity pricing risk on Wool and Velvet inventories and forward Wool and Velvet sales and purchase contracts. This

is mitigated by the Group having policies around unmatched positions. Other inventory is of merchandise nature and the Group has a range of

suppliers or has entered into long-term supply agreements.

Foreign currency risk

The Group undertakes transactions denominated in foreign currencies and exposure to movements in foreign currency arises from these activities.

The Group manages this risk by using forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge foreign currency risks as they arise.

Foreign currency exposure risk

The Group's exposure to foreign currency risk is summarised below. The notional forward exchange cover includes forward foreign exchange

contracts entered into to economically hedge forward sale and purchase commitments.

GBP USD AUD EURO

NZ$000 NZ$000 NZ$000 NZ$000

2025

Cash and cash equivalents – – – 346

T

rade receivables 456 1,429 445 5,900

Trade creditors (2,035) (11,815) (790) (3,956)

Net amount r

ecorded within the Statement of Financial Position

(1,579) (10,386) (345) 2,290

Forward exchange contracts on the above items

and forward sale and purchase commitments

Notional forward exchange cover 426 5,988 355 (19,101)

Net unhedged position

(2,004) (16,374) (700) 21,391

2024

Cash and cash equivalents – 118 – 300

Trade receivables

262


590


371


2,873

T

rade creditors

(1,098)


(9,905)


(620)


(3,116)

Net amount r

ecorded within the Statement of Financial Position

(836) (9,197) (249) 57

Forward exchange contracts on the above items

and forward sale and purchase commitments

Notional forward exchange cover (1,235) 4,963 115 (20,496)

Net unhedged position

400 (14,160) (364) 20,553

19 Financial Instruments – Fair Values and Risk Management (continued)

B. Financial management risk (continued)

(iii) Market risk (continued)

Interest rate risk

Floating rate borrowings are used for general funding activities. Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of financial instruments and the interest

margin will fluctuate as a result of changes in market interest rates. The risk is that financial assets may be repriced at a different time and/or by a

different amount than financial liabilities.

This risk is managed by operating within approved policy limits using an interest rate duration approach. Interest rate swaps, interest rate options

and forward rate agreements may be used to hedge the floating rate exposure as deemed appropriate. The Group had no interest rate derivatives

at 30 June 2025 (2024: Nil).

Interest rate repricing schedule

The following tables include the Group's liabilities at their carrying amounts, categorised by the earlier of contractual repricing or maturity dates:

WITHIN 1 TO 2 OVER NON-INTEREST

12 MONTHS YEARS 2 YEARS BEARING TOTAL


$000

$000 $000 $000 $000

2025

Debt – 88,182 – – 88,182

D

erivative liabilities







1,576


1,576

T

rade creditors – – – 125,549 125,549

G

oods received but not invoiced







6,898


6,898

– 88,182 – 134,023 222,205

2024

Debt – 63,000 – – 63,000

D

erivative liabilities – – – 192 192

Trade creditors – – – 104,977 104,977

G

oods received but not invoiced – – – 6,179 6,179

– 63,000 – 111,348 174,348

Sensitivity analysis

The Group's treasury policy effectively insulates earnings from the effect of short-term fluctuations in either foreign exchange. Over the longer

term however, permanent changes in foreign exchange rates and interest rates will have an impact on the profit or loss. A 2% change in interest

rate has been modelled as it is considered a reasonably possible change (2024: 2%). The sensitivity of net profit after tax for the year ended 30 June

2025 and 30 June 2024, and shareholders equity as at those dates, to reasonably possible changes in conditions is shown below.

INTEREST RATES INTEREST RATES INTEREST RATES INTEREST RATES

INCREASE BY 2% INCREASE BY 2% DECREASE BY 2% DECREASE BY 2%


2025 2024 2025 2024

$000 $000 $000 $000

Increase/(decrease) in net profit after tax and shareholders' equity (1,475) (1,277) 1,458 1,220

Other market risks such as pricing and foreign exchange are not considered likely to lead to material change over the next reporting period. The

Group's financial assets and liabilities are predominantly held in New Zealand Dollars (NZD). For this reason, a sensitivity analysis of these market

risks is not included.

C.

Capital management

The capital of the Group consists of share capital, reserves, and retained earnings. The policy of the Group is to maintain a strong capital base so

as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence while providing the ability to develop future business initiatives. This policy has not been

changed during the period.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

9594

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

19 Financial Instruments - Fair Values and Risk Management (continued)

Non-Derivative Financial Instruments Accounting Policies

(i) Non-derivative financial assets

Non-derivative financial assets comprise cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, GO-STOCK receivables and investments in

equity and debt securities.

The Group initially recognises financial assets on the date at which the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the

instrument, although trade receivables are initially recognised when they are originated.

Financial assets are initially measured at fair value. If the financial asset is not subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss, the

initial investment includes transaction costs that are directly attributable to the asset's acquisition or origination. The Group subsequently

measures financial assets at either fair value or amortised cost.

Financial assets measured at amortised cost

A financial asset is subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method and net of any impairment loss, if:

– the asset is held within a business model with an objective to hold assets in order to collect contractual cash flows; and

– the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise, on specified dates, to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest.

Financial assets measured at fair value

Financial assets other than those classified as financial assets measured at amortised cost are subsequently measured at fair value with all

changes recognised in the profit or loss.

However, for investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading, the Group may elect at initial recognition to present gains

and losses through other comprehensive income. For instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income gains and

losses are never reclassified to profit or loss and no impairments are recognised in profit or loss.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and deposits held at call with banks. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and

form an integral part of the Group's cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents.

Trade and other receivables and GO-STOCK receivables

Trade and other receivables and GO-STOCK receivables are stated at their amortised cost less impairment losses.

(ii) Non-derivative financial liabilities

Interest-bearing borrowings

Interest-bearing borrowings are classified as other financial liabilities and are initially recognised at fair value plus any directly attributable

transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables are recognised at cost and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method after

initial recognition.

(iii) Determination of fair values for non-derivative financial instruments

Fair value, which is determined for disclosure purposes, is calculated based on the present value of future principal and interest cash flows,

discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date.

20 Commitments

A. Capital expenditure not provided for

The Group has capital commitments of $0.48 million as at 30 June 2025 (2024: nil).

B.

F

orward purchase commitments

The Group as part of its ordinary course of business enters into forward purchase agreements with wool and velvet growers. These commitments

extend for periods of up to 2 years and are at varying stages of execution. There remains uncertainty associated with yield, quality and market

price. Therefore, the Group is unable to sufficiently quantify the value of these commitments.

C.

F

orward sales commitments

The Group as part of its ordinary course of business enters into forward sales agreements with wool and velvet customers. These commitments

extend for periods of up to 2 years and are at varying stages of execution. There remains uncertainty associated with yield, quality and market

price. Therefore, the Group is unable to sufficiently quantify the value of these commitments.

21 Contingent Liabilities

A. PGG Wrightson Loyalty Reward Programme

The Group recognises a provision for the expected level of points redemption from the PGG Wrightson Max Rewards loyalty reward programme. At

the reporting date, the balance of live points which does not form part of the recognised provision total $0.10 million (2024: $0.08 million). Losses

are not expected to arise from this contingent liability. Revenue in respect of the loyalty reward programme is deferred until such time as the

reward is claimed by the customer.

B.

C

ontingent liabilities

The Group receives client claims as part of the ordinary course of business in the supply of goods and services. The Group will pursue recovery

of claims with suppliers where appropriate under terms of trade. Accordingly, the amount of any potential obligation in respect of these claims

cannot be estimated with sufficient reliability.

22 Seasonality of Operations

The Group is subject to significant seasonal fluctuations. The Group's earnings are weighted towards the first half of the financial year and are

primarily related to the Retail business, as demand for New Zealand farming inputs are generally weighted towards the spring season. The second

half earnings predominantly relate to Livestock trading as farmers seek to maximise their income following New Zealand's spring calving and

lambing season. Other business units have similar but less material seasonal fluctuations. The Group recognises that this seasonality is the nature

of the industry and plans and manages its business accordingly.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

9796

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

23 Subsequent Events

Dividend

On 11 August 2025, the Directors of PGG Wrightson Limited resolved to pay a final dividend of 4 cents per share on 3 October 2025 to shareholders

on the Company's share register as at 5.00pm on 11 September 2025. This dividend will be fully imputed.

Acquisition of Nexan Corporation Limited and associated entities

On 7 July 2025 the Group announced the acquisition of Nexan Corporation Limited and its associated entities (Nexan), a leading New Zealand

animal health manufacturer that develops and markets a range of products for livestock. Nexan’s offering as an innovator aligns well with PGW’s

strategic objective of being the leader in bringing technical knowhow and expertise to the market to benefit New Zealand farmers and growers.

The transaction completed on 31 July 2025.

The transaction resulted in the Group acquiring all of the shares and voting interests in Nexan Corporation Limited (Nexan) and its associated

entities for a purchase price of $19.91 million.

The Group is yet to complete its review of the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired, and provisional values have been disclosed below. In

accordance with NZ IFRS 3 Business Combinations these provisional amounts may be retrospectively adjusted, for a period of up to 12 months from

the date of acquisition, to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date.

Prior to the acquisition, the Group had a pre-existing supply relationship with Nexan supplying products to the Group. At the date of acquisition,

the Group had a trade payable balance of $1.96 million owing to Nexan. Upon acquisition, this supplier relationship has ceased. The consideration

paid to the vendor has accordingly been reduced by $1.96 million in respect of the settlement of the outstanding amount of the supplier

relationship.

Due to the short time period between the acquisition date and the date of authorisation of the financial statements, the earnings contributed by

the acquiree during this period have not been disclosed, as they are not considered material to the users of the financial statements.


$000

Consideration Transferred

Cash paid to vendor 17,951

Total Consideration paid to vendor 17,951

Provisional value of identifiable Assets and Liabilities Acquired

Cash and cash equivalents 254

P

repayments 13

Inventories 2,184

P

roperty, Plant and Equipment 540

I

ntangibles

165

T

rade and Other payables (1,245)

Income Tax Payable (411)

GST P

ayable

(125)

Net Assets Acquired 1,375

Provisional Goodwill acquired upon acquisition 16,576

24 Related Parties

A. Key management personnel compensation

2025 2024

$000 $000

Short-term employee benefits 4,779 3,789

Post-employment benefits 114 131

4,893 3,920

B. Other transactions with key management personnel

Senior Executives or their related parties hold positions in other entities that result in them having control or significant influence over the

financial or operating policies of these entities. A number of these Senior Executives and their related parties transacted with the Group during the

reporting period.

The aggregate value of transactions and outstanding balances (on a GST inclusive basis) relating to the Senior Executives and entities over which

they have control or significant influence were as follows:

TRANSACTION BALANCE TRANSACTION BALANCE

VALUE OUTSTANDING VALUE OUTSTANDING

2025 2025 2024 2024

KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONAL TR

ANSACTION


$000


$000


$000

$

000

Nick Berry Purchase of retail goods

and fuel on-charge transactions 2 – 1 –

Julian Daly

P

urchase of retail goods

1







St

ephen Guerin Purchase of retail goods



and liv

estock transactions

13




32



P

eter Newbold

P

urchase of retail goods, livestock transactions



and fuel on-

charge transactions

31




30


1

P

eter Scott Purchase of retail goods

and fuel on-charge transactions 4 – 2 –

25 Reporting Entity

PGG Wrightson Limited (the "Company") is a company domiciled in New Zealand and registered under the Companies Act 1993 in New Zealand.

The Company's registered office is at 1 Robin Mann Place, Christchurch. The Company is listed on the New Zealand Stock Exchange and is an FMC

Reporting Entity for the purposes of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013.

The consolidated financial statements of PGG Wrightson for the year ended 30 June 2025 comprise the Company, its subsidiaries and interests in

associates and jointly controlled entities (together referred to as the "Group"). The Group is primarily involved in the provision of goods and services

within the agricultural and horticultural sectors.

OWNERSHIP INTEREST

C

OUNTRY OF

2025


2024

SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES INCORPORATION DIRECT PARENT % %

Bidr Limited New Zealand PGG Wrightson Limited 100 100

Bloch & Behrens Wool (NZ) Limited

Ne

w Zealand

PGG

Wrightson Limited

100


100

NZ A

gritrade Limited

Ne

w Zealand

PGG

Wrightson Limited

100


100

PGG

Wrightson Employee Benefits Plan Trustee Limited

Ne

w Zealand

PGG

Wrightson Limited

100


100

PGG

Wrightson Investments Limited

Ne

w Zealand

PGG

Wrightson Limited

100


100

PGG

Wrightson Real Estate Limited

Ne

w Zealand

PGG

Wrightson Limited

100


100


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

9998

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

26 Basis of Preparation

A. Statement of compliance

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with New Zealand Generally Accepted Accounting Practice ("NZ

GAAP"). They comply with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, the New

Zealand equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards ("NZ IFRS") and other applicable Financial Reporting Standards, as appropriate

for a Tier 1 for-profit entity. These consolidated financial statements have also been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Financial

Markets Conduct Act 2013 and the Financial Reporting Act 2013.

B.

Basis of measurement

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following:


D

erivative financial instruments are measured at fair value.

C.

F

unctional and presentation currency

These consolidated financial statements are presented in New Zealand dollars ($), which is the functional currency of each of the Group entities.

All amounts have been rounded to the nearest thousand, unless otherwise indicated.

D.


U

se of estimates and judgements

In preparing these consolidated financial statements, Management has made judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application

of the Group's accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these

estimates and assumptions.

Estimates and assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised prospectively.

Information about critical judgements made in applying accounting policies, assumptions and estimation uncertainties that have the most

significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements is included in the following notes:

Note

11


C

arrying value of trade and other receivables

12

C

arrying value of GO-STOCK receivables

13


C

arrying value of inventories

18

M

easurement of defined benefit asset/(liability) – key actuarial assumptions

E.


C

omparative information

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current reporting period’s presentation.

27 Other Material Accounting Policies

The accounting policies set out in these consolidated financial statements have been applied consistently to all reporting periods presented in

these consolidated financial statements, and have been applied consistently by Group entities.

A.

B

asis of consolidation

Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its

involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The financial statements of subsidiaries are

included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on which control commences until the date on which control ceases.

Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intra-group balances, and any unrealised income or expenses arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated in preparing the consolidated

financial statements. Unrealised gains arising from transactions with equity accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the

extent of the Group's interest in the investee. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there

is no evidence of impairment.

B. Foreign currency

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of the group entities at the exchange rates at the dates of

the transactions.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the reporting

date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated to the functional currency at the

exchange rate at the date that fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured based on historical cost in a foreign currency

are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency differences arising are recognised in

profit or loss.

C.


D

isclosure of non-GAAP financial information

Non-GAAP reporting measures have been presented in the consolidated statement of profit or loss or referenced to in the notes to the

consolidated financial statements. The following non-GAAP measures are relevant to the understanding of the Group's financial performance:


Operating EBITD

A represents earnings before net interest expense, foreign exchange items, income tax, depreciation, amortisation, the results

from discontinued operations, impairments and fair value adjustments and non-operating items.


EBIT r

epresents earnings before net interest expense, foreign exchange items, income tax expense and the results from discontinued

operations.

The Directors and Management believe the Operating EBITDA and EBIT measures provide useful information as they provide valuable insight

on the underlying performance of the business. They are used internally to evaluate the underlying performance of the business and to analyse

trends.

These measures are not uniformly defined or utilised by all companies. Accordingly, these measures may not be comparable with similarly titled

measures used by other companies. Non-GAAP financial measures should not be viewed in isolation nor considered as a substitute for measures

reported in accordance with NZ IFRS.

D.


S

tandards issued but not yet effective

The new and amended standards and interpretations that are issued, but have not yet commenced to apply, up to the date of issuance of the

Group’s financial statements are disclosed below. The Group intends to adopt these standards, if applicable, when they become effective.

IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements

In May 2024, the XRB issued NZ IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements to improve reporting of financial performance. NZ IFRS

18 replaces NZ IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements. It carries forward many requirements from NZ IAS 1 unchanged and introduces increased

disclosure of management defined performance measures as well as new principles for aggregation and disaggregation of information included

in the consolidated statement of profit or loss. NZ IFRS 18 is effective for reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027, but earlier

application is permitted for accounting periods that end after 20 June 2024 and must be disclosed. NZ IFRS 18 will apply retrospectively. The Group

is currently working to identify all impacts the amendments will have on the primary financial statements and notes to the financial statements.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

100

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Independent auditor’s report to the shareholders of PGG Wrightson Limited

Opinion

We have audited the financial statements of PGG Wrightson Limited (the “Company”) and its

subsidiaries (together the “Group”) on pages 57 to 100, which comprise the consolidated statement of

financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2025, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive

income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the

year then ended of the Group, and the notes to the consolidated financial statements including

material accounting policy information.

In our opinion, the c

onsolidated financial statements on pages 57 to 100 present fairly, in all material

respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2025 and its consolidated

financial performance and cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with New Zealand

Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards and International Financial Reporting

Standards.

This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit has been undertaken


so that we might state to the Company’s shareholders those matters we are required to state to them

in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not

accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s shareholders,

as a body

, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand). Our

responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the

audit of the financial statements section of our report.

We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International

Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence Standards) (New

Zealand) issued by the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards Board, and we have fulfilled

our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis


for our opinion.

Erns

t & Young provides greenhouse gas reporting assurance as well as research and development

taxation incentive services to the Group. Partners and employees of our firm may deal with the Group

on normal terms within the ordinary course of trading activities of the business of the Group. We have

no other relationship with, or interest in, the Group.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in

our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed

in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our

opinion thereon, but we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. For each matter below,

our description of how our audit addressed the matter is provided in that context.

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the

financial statements section of the audit report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our

audit included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the risks

ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

101

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2025

28 Capital and Reserves

Share capital

All shares are ordinary fully paid shares with no par value, carry equal voting rights and share equally in any profit on the winding up of the Group.

Realised capital and revaluation reserve

The realised capital reserve comprises the cumulative net capital gains that have been realised. The revaluation reserve relates to historic

revaluations of property, plant and equipment.

Defined benefit plan reserve

The defined benefit plan reserve contains actuarial gains and losses on plan assets and defined benefit obligations. During the year ended 30 June

2025, an amount of $0.10m, which represents the Employee Superannuation Contribution Tax (ESCT ) on the lump sum cash contribution, was

transferred from the defined benefit reserve to retained earnings (30 June 2024: $0.04).

Retained earnings/deficit

The retained earnings or deficit equals accumulated undistributed profits or losses.

Dividends

The following dividends were declared and paid by the Company.

PAYMENT DATE $ PER SHARE

2025 interim dividend – fully imputed 3 April 2025 0.025

Share Capital Accounting Policies

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares are recognised as a deduction

from equity.

Repurchase of ordinary shares

When shares recognised as equity are repurchased, the amount of the consideration paid, including directly attributable costs, is recognised

as a deduction from equity. Repurchased shares are cancelled. However, treasury stock for which unrestricted ownership has not yet been

transferred are not cancelled.


A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited

of material misstatement of the financial statements. The results of our audit procedures, including
the procedures performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the

accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Collectability of trade and GO-STOCK receivables

Why significant How our audit addressed the key audit matter

At 30 June 2025 trade and GO-STOCK

receivables totalled $210.4m, representing 40%

of the Group’s total assets. This amount is net of

the provision for impaired trade and GO-STOCK

receivables of $1.7m.

We consider this to be a key audit matter


because trade and GO-STOCK receivables are a

significant component of Group assets and the

provision for impaired receivables involves

signif

icant judgement.

Disclosures in relation to trade and GO-STOCK

receivables and their provisions for impairment

are included in notes 11 and 12 to the Group

financial statements.

 Our audit procedures included the following:

obtained an understanding of

management’s receivables provisioning

process;

assessed management’s provisioning

methods and whether they comply with

NZ IFRS 9 Financial Instruments;

considered the inputs, assumptions and

estimates used or made by

managemen

t;

tested the ageing of receivables by

agreeing the recorded ageing of a

sample of trade receivables to sales

documentation;

considered sector based performance

indicators, including commodity price

movements for beef and sheep and

sector outlooks, to:

assess the appropriateness of

management’s considerations and

judgements in receivables

pr

ovisioning, and

consider indications of any material

change in credit risk on trade and

GO-STOCK receivables;

considered the appropriateness and

sufficiency of the disclosures related to

trade and GO-STOCK receivables and the

related provisioning.

Inventory Valuation

Why significant How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Inventory is recorded at the lower of cost and

net realisable value. At 30 June 2025 inventory

totalled $100.1m, representing 19% of the

Group’s total assets. This amount is net of a

provision for inventory write down of $1.7m.

We consider this to be a key audit matter

because inventory is a significant component of

Group total assets and the cost of inventory

include

s an estimation of adjustments to reflect

variable pricing arrangements with suppliers.

Disclosures in relation to inventory and

inventory provisions are included in note 13 to

the Group financial statements.

Our audit procedures included the following:

compared a sample of recorded

inventory cost to supplier invoices;

assessed the inputs into, and calculation

of, adjustments to inventory cost to take

account of variable pricing

arrangements with suppliers;

confirmed with a sample of suppliers the

amount of purchases from them subject

to variable pricing arrangements for the

year, and the amounts receivable from

them at year end;

considered the methods, models, and

assumptions used by management in

estimating the net realisable value of

slow moving, excess, and obsolete

in

ventory;

considered the appropriateness and

sufficiency of disclosures related to the

valuation of inventory.

Information other than the financial statements and auditor’s report

The directors of the Company are responsible for the annual report, which includes information other

than the consolidated financial statements and auditor’s report which is expected to be made available

to us after the date of this auditor’s report.

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do

not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the

other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent

with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit, or otherwise

appears to be materially misstated.

When we read the annual report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are

required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance and, if uncorrected, to take

appropriate action to bring the matter to the attention of users for whom our auditor’s report was

prepared.

Directors’ responsibilities for the financial statements

The directors are responsible, on behalf of the entity, for the preparation and fair presentation of the

consolidated financial statements in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International

102

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

103



A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited

Incorporating Disclosure of Compliance with the NZX Corporate Governance Code
Te Whakauru Mai i Ngā Whakapuakanga Tautuku me Ngā Tikanga Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū a NZX

Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari

Corporate Governance

and Board Charter

Jenny Lintern, Fruitfed Supplies Crop Monitoring

Scout, inspects Sauvignon Blanc grape vines

for mealybugs at a vineyard, near Blenheim,

Marlborough.

Financial Reporting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards, and for such internal

control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that

are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing on

behalf of the entity the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable,

matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors

either intend to liquidate the Group or cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor's responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial

statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to

issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance,

but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with International Standards on Auditing

(New Zealand) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from

fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably

be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated

financial statements.

A further description of the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is

located at the External Reporting Board’s website: https://www.xrb.govt.nz/standards-for-assurance-

practitioners/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-1/. This description forms part of our auditor’s

report.

The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is Brendan

Summerfield.

Chartered Accountants


Christchurch

11 A

ugust 2025

104

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2025

|

105


A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited

ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|

107

Corporate Governance and Board Charter | Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari haere tonu

106

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Introduction

The Board of PGG Wrightson Limited is committed to acting with integrity and expects high standards of

behaviour and accountability from all of PGG Wrightson’s officers and staff. As part of this commitment, the

Board has adopted this Corporate Governance Code which incorporates the Board Charter in section 2 below.

PGG Wrightson complies with the Recommendations in the NZX 31 January 2025 Corporate Governance

Code (NZX Code) except where specifically disclosed. This Corporate Governance section is current as at 30

June 2025 and has been approved by PGG Wrightson’s Board of Directors.

The Board’s primary objective is the creation of shareholder value through following appropriate strategies

and ensuring effective and innovative use of PGG Wrightson’s resources in providing customer satisfaction.

PGG Wrightson will be a good employer and a responsible corporate citizen.

PRINCIPLE 1 – Ethical Standards

“Directors should set high standards of ethical behaviour, model this behaviour and hold management accountable for these

standards being followed throughout the organisation.”

1.1 PGG Wrightson Code of Conduct

Dir

ectors recognise that it is their role to set high standards of

ethical behaviour, model this behaviour and hold management

accountable for observing, fostering and delivering high ethical

standards throughout the PGG Wrightson Group. Directors and

employees are expected to act honestly and in the best interests

of PGG Wrightson, as required by law, and taking account of

interests of shareholders and other stakeholders.

In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 1.1, the Board

has several documents that codify minimum standards of ethical

behaviour, being the Code of Conduct, which is available at

www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company > Sustainability;

and the Conflict of Interest Policy, Fraud Prevention and

Response Policy, Whistle Blower Policy and the Board Charter

outlined in section 2 below.

The Code of Conduct requires all members of the PGG Wrightson

Group, including Directors and employees, to observe the

highest of standards of ethics and conduct, in alignment with

these PGG Wrightson Group Values:

Accountability:

Stand by our word and meet commitments.

Be accountable to our customers and each other.

Leadership:

Set standards and exceed expectations.

Take action and strive to excel.

Lead through innovation.

Integrity:

Operate ethically and with integrity.

Treat others with respect.

Act professionally.

Smarter:

Be more effective and efficient.

Think, decide and act quickly.

Learn from mistakes, celebrate successes.

Teamwork:

Share knowledge and information.

Work together to create solutions.

Think and act as One Team.

The Code of Conduct is intended to guide Directors and

employees in carrying out their duties and responsibilities.

It supports decision-making that is consistent with PGG

Wrightson’s values and obligations, rather than prescribing a

complete list of acceptable and unacceptable behaviour. It

reflects expectations that Directors and employees of the PGG

Wrightson Group will:

Comply with standards including all applicable laws,

regulations, codes, policies and procedures and lawful and

reasonable directions;

Behave in an ethical and professional manner in a way that

upholds the PGG Wrightson Group Values and maintains

public confidence in our professionalism, honesty and

integrity;

Use PGG Wrightson resources, assets, time, funds and

information only for their authorised/intended purpose;

Treat customers, suppliers, other PGG Wrightson personnel

and third parties with respect, courtesy and dignity and

taking account of interests of shareholders and other

stakeholders;

Ensure their own and others’ health, safety and wellbeing in

the workplace, and protect the environment;

Avoid and/or disclose any Conflicts of Interest (real or

apparent). The PGG Wrightson Group has a detailed Conflicts

of Interest Policy which contains good practice guidelines

surrounding the identification, disclosure and management

of staff conflicts of interest;

Follow company policy on receiving and giving gifts and

gratuities;

Protect PGG Wrightson Group Assets and comply with our

Group Fraud Prevention Policy;

Give proper attention to all matters and create an open

communication environment that results in all material

items being brought to the attention of Directors and the

appropriate management; and

Protect the confidentiality of and intellectual property rights

in all non-public information about our customers, suppliers,

PGG Wrightson personnel and business.

The Code of Conduct, and where to find it, is communicated to

all staff and is included in regular staff training and inductions.

The Code of Conduct provides mechanisms to report breaches

of the Code including unethical behaviour and specifies the

disciplinary procedures in place for any breaches. It is the

responsibility of the Board to review the Code of Conduct, to

implement the Code and to monitor compliance. If there has

been a material breach of the Code of Conduct, the Board will be

notified by the Chief Executive. No instances of material breaches

have been reported.

PGG Wrightson has a Whistle-Blower policy that allows any

reports of serious wrongdoing to be made on a protected

disclosure basis, which contains a process for direct access to an

Independent Director, to help encourage a culture of promoting

ethical behaviour and being able to speak up.

PGG Wrightson maintains a Directors and Officers Interests

Register which is regularly updated, documenting interests

disclosed by all Board members and senior management.

The statutory disclosures section in the 2025 Annual Report is

compiled from entries in the Directors Interests Register during

the reporting period. Directors may not participate in Board

discussions nor vote on matters in which they have a personal

interest.

1.2


S

ecurities Trading Policy

In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 1.2, the

Company has a detailed financial product trading policy

applying to all Directors and staff which incorporates insider

trading restraints, and rules. The Securities Trading Policy, which

is available at www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company

> Sustainability, specifies that no Director or employee may

buy or sell PGG Wrightson shares while in possession of inside

information. Inside information is material information that is

not generally available to the market. The policy also states

that Directors and staff in possession of inside information

cannot directly or indirectly advise or encourage any person to

deal in PGG Wrightson shares. Compliance with the Securities

Trading Policy is monitored through the consent process, by

education and by notification by PGG Wrightson’s share registrar

Computershare when a Director or Officer with a shareholding

engages in trading activities. Trading in PGG Wrightson shares by

Directors and Officers is disclosed to the NZX.

ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|

109

Corporate Governance and Board Charter | Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari haere tonu

108

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PRINCIPLE 2 – Board Composition & Performance incorporating PGG Wrightson’s Board Charter

“To ensure an effective Board, there should be a balance of independence, skills, knowledge, experience and perspectives.”

2.1 This section 2 outlines the Board’s Charter which is in compliance

with NZX Code Recommendation 2.1. The Board is committed

to the principle that there should be a balance of independence,

skills, knowledge and experience among Directors so that the

Board works effectively. Directors are, except where permitted by

law, required to act in the best interests of PGG Wrightson and to

give proper attention to the matters before them. Directors are

entitled to seek independent professional advice to assist them

in meeting their responsibilities. The Board is responsible for:

Overall governance;

Employing the Chief Executive Officer;

Providing strategic leadership and overseeing the

development, adoption and communication of a clear

strategy for the business;

Overseeing management’s implementation of PGG

Wrightson’s strategic objectives and performance;

Overseeing accounting and reporting systems (including

the external audit) and PGG Wrightson’s compliance with its

continuous disclosure obligations;

Adopting and reviewing a risk management framework;

Approval of PGG Wrightson’s operating budgets/major

capital expenditure;

Adoption of PGG Wrightson’s remuneration policy and other

corporate governance documents; and

Overseeing PGG Wrightson’s due diligence and impacts on

the economy, environment, and people.

There is a clear understanding of the division of responsibilities

between, and the respective roles of, the Board and

management. To ensure efficiency, the Board has delegated to

the Chief Executive Officer and subsidiary company Boards the

day to day management and leadership of the PGG Wrightson

Group operations. The Company has a formal delegated

authority framework and policy that sets out matters reserved

for the Board and sub-delegates certain authorities to the Chief

Executive Officer and Managers within defined limits.

2.2


I

n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.2 that

every issuer should have a procedure for the nomination

and appointment of Directors to the Board, this is done as

circumstances require. PGG Wrightson has a formal and

transparent method for the nomination and appointment of

Directors to the Board – nominations are publicly called for

by notice on the NZX and considered at the Annual Meeting.

Checks will be done and key information about a candidate

provided to shareholders in the Notice of Annual Meeting,

including any adverse material information disclosed in the

checks where a candidate is standing for the first time or the

term of office if seeking re-election. Directors may be appointed

by the Board between Annual Meetings as permitted by the

Constitution but are required to seek re-election at the next

Annual Meeting. The Constitution contains no provisions for

compulsory retirement or a fixed tenure for Directors, although

Directors must periodically retire and seek re-election in

accordance with the Constitution and NZX Listing Rules.

2.3


I

n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.3 that an

issuer should enter into written agreements with each newly

appointed Director establishing the terms of their appointment,

the Board has a template Director Letter of Appointment

available for use which sets out the written expectations of

Directors and which is used for all new Directors.

2.4


I

n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.4,

information about each Director is disclosed in the 2025 Annual

Report, including a profile of experience, length of service,

independence, ownership interests and attendance at Board

meetings. As at 30 June 2025 the Board had five Directors. Their

experience, qualifications, and the value that the Directors

contributed to the Board are listed in the Board of Directors

biographies set out on pages 20 to 21 in the 2025 Annual Report.

The Board has an appropriate mix of tenure, skills, diversity,

and experience. The Board skills matrix below outlines the

qualifications, capabilities, tenure, and gender of each member

of the Board.

The Board is structured so each Director brings a range of

specialist skills and backgrounds, and they contribute relevant

knowledge and experience that complements each other.

Each Director has expertise that is relevant to the Company’s

operations and aligns to our strategic goals. The Board comprises

four Independent Directors and one Non-independent Director.

The Board Skills Matrix identifies the key skill that each Director brings to the Board.

SKILLS / EXPERIENCE

GARRY MOORE

CHAIR & INDEPENDENT

DIRECTOR

SARAH BROWN

DEPUTY CHAIR &

INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

MENG FOON

INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

U KEAN SENG

DIRECTOR

DR CHARLOTTE SEVERN

INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

Tertiary QualificationsMBA, B.Com, ACA,

AFA, Dip Financial

Accounting,CMIOD

BA, LLB, CFInstDLLB (Hons), B.EcMSc, PhD (Geology),

ONZM

Accounting & Finance

Agri-business experience

Audit & Risk

Government Relations & Regulations

Health, Safety, & Wellbeing

Iwi Relations

Innovation & Technology

Legal

Listed Company & Markets Experience

Sustainability

Tenure as PGW Director (years)373135

Year joined the BoardFY23FY19FY23FY13FY21

GenderMFMMF

High capability

Medium capability

Post 1 July 2025, the current Directors and their experience and qualifications are listed on our website www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Our

Company > Our Team. The full Board met six times during the year ended 30 June 2025, including conference calls and Teams meetings. The Board

Health, Safety and Environment Committee also convenes during the course of all Board meetings with all Directors attending. Directors also met

on other occasions for strategic planning and held conference calls from time to time. The attendance at Board meetings of all Directors who

served during the financial year to 30 June 2025 is set out below, including attendance in part:

DIRECTOR

NUMBER OF

BOARD MEETINGS

ATTENDED

NUMBER OF

AUDIT COMMITTEE

MEETINGS ATTENDED

NUMBER OF

REMUNERATION,

NOMINATIONS AND

APPOINTMENTS

COMMITTEE MEETINGS

ATTENDED

NUMBER OF HEALTH,

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT

COMMITTEE MEETINGS

ATTENDED

Garry Moore6446

Sarah Brown6446

Meng Foon3013

U Kean Seng6446

Dr Charlotte Severne5045

ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|

111

Corporate Governance and Board Charter | Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari haere tonu

110

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LTD’S

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AS

AT 30 JUNE 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON LTD’S

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AS

AT 30 JUNE 2024

PGG WRIGHTSON LTD’S

OFFICERS

AS AT 30 JUNE 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON LTD’S

OFFICERS

AS AT 30 JUNE 2024

PGG WRIGHTSON GROUP

WORKFORCE*

AS AT 30 JUNE 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON GROUP

WORKFORCE*

AS AT 30 JUNE 2024

Number of Males 3

355807825

P

ercentage of Males 60%60%71%71%52%53%

Number of F

emales 2222743737

Percentage of Females 40%40%29%29%48%47%

Number of G

ender Diverse ––––11

Not Disclosed ––––32

* Calculation methodology excludes casuals, fixed term employees and independent commission agents/independent contractors.

2.5 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.5, the Board

has a Diversity and Inclusion Policy which is available at www.

pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company > Sustainability. PGG

Wrightson recognises that a diverse and inclusive workplace

culture will result in enhanced relationships with all stakeholders,

better customer service and improved financial performance.

The Board has evaluated PGG Wrightson’s performance against

its Diversity and Inclusion Policy objectives which relate to the

working environment, employment and selection opportunities,

Board appointment recommendations, equal and fair treatment

under employment policies and a culture of diversity and

inclusion and considers that these objectives have been met.

The table above lists the numerical quantitative breakdown of

the gender composition of PGG Wrightson’s Board of Directors

and its Officers as at 30 June 2025 and comparative figures for 30

June 2024. An Officer means a person, however designated, who

is concerned or takes part in the management of PGG Wrightson

Limited’s business but excludes a person who does not report

directly to the Board or who does not report directly to a person

who reports to the Board.

2.6

In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.6, Directors

are expected to undertake appropriate training to remain current

on how best to perform their duties as a Director of a listed

company. Directors are regularly updated on relevant industry

and company issues, undertake visits to PGG Wrightson and

customer branches and operations, and receive briefings from

Executive Managers from all Business Units. Directors are able

to attend PGG Wrightson Business Unit conference sessions to

further their training.

2.7


I

n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.7, the Board

has a process to regularly assess the performance of each

Director, the Board as a whole, and Board Committees.

2.8 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.8, a majority

of the Board are Independent Directors, with four out of the five

Directors as at 30 June 2025 being independent as listed in the

2025 Annual Report. The current number and independence

status of Directors is set out on the Board of Directors section of

our website www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company >

Our Leadership Team. In accordance with NZX requirements, no

less than one third of the total number of Directors are required

to be Independent Directors. The Board meets this requirement.

The Board defines an Independent Director as one who:

Is not an executive of the Company; and

Has no disqualifying relationship within the meaning of the

NZX Listing Rules.

T

he statutory disclosures section in the 2025 Annual Report

lists the Company’s Directors’ independence status. The

Board reviews any determination that it makes on a Director’s

independence on becoming aware of any information

that indicates that a Director may have a relevant material

relationship. Directors are required to immediately advise of any

new or changed relationships so the Board can consider and

determine its materiality. Directors’ interests including other

relevant directorships that they hold are listed on page 117 of

the 2025 Annual Report. None of the Directors sit on any PGG

Wrightson Group companies apart from the parent company,

PGG Wrightson Limited.

2.9

In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.9, the Chair is

an Independent Director.

2.10


T

he Board’s Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations

Committee approves the Group’s remuneration policy. The

Committee also reviews and recommends to the Board for

approval the remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer and the

remuneration of the executives who report directly to the Chief

Executive Officer.

2.11


I

n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.10 the Chair

and the CEO are different people.

PRINCIPLE 3 – Board Committees

“The Board should use committees where this will enhance its effectiveness in key areas, while still retaining Board responsibility.”

The Board has delegated some of its powers to Board

Committees where it will enhance its effectiveness in key areas

while still retaining Board responsibility. As at 30 June 2025 the

Board had three standing Committees – the Audit Committee,

the Remuneration and Appointments Committee and the

Health, Safety and Environment Committee.

The Committees are made up of a minimum of three Non-

executive Director members and each Committee has a written

Board-approved charter which outlines that Committee’s

role, rights, responsibilities, membership requirements and

relationship with the Board. In compliance with NZX Code

Recommendation 2.7, the Board has a process to formally

review the performance of each Committee from time to time

in accordance with the relevant Committee’s written charter.

Proceedings of Committees are reported back to the full Board to

allow other Directors to question Committee members.

3.1


A

udit Committee

I

n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 3.1, as

explained below, the Audit Committee operates under a written

charter, membership is majority independent and comprises

solely Non-executive Directors, and the Chair of the Audit

Committee Sarah Brown is an Independent Director and is not

the Chair of the Board.

T

he Audit Committee Charter is available on PGG Wrightson’s

website at www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company >

Sustainability.

T

he members of the Audit Committee during the year were

Sarah Brown (Chair), Garry Moore, and U Kean Seng. The Audit

Committee has appropriate financial expertise, with two current

members having an accounting or financial background and

the other member has a good understanding of financial/

accounting principles as per 3.4 of the Audit Committee Charter.

The Audit Committee met four times during the financial year.

The main responsibilities of the Audit Committee are:

Ensuring effectiveness of the accounting and internal

control systems;

Ensuring the Board is properly and regularly informed and

updated on corporate financial matters;

Monitoring and reviewing the external and internal auditing

practices;

Recommending the appointment and removal of the

external auditor and considering a change in the lead audit

partner where the auditors continue in office for a period

exceeding five years;

Ensuring the ability and independence of the auditors to

carry out their statutory audit role is not impaired or could

reasonably be perceived to be impaired;

To interface with management, internal audit function and

external auditor and review the financial reports, as well as

advising all Directors whether they comply with appropriate

financial reporting laws and regulations;

Overseeing matters relating to the values, ethics and

financial integrity of PGG Wrightson Group; and

To report Audit Committee proceedings back to the Board.

T

he Audit Committee has the authority to appoint outside legal

or other professional advisors, if considered necessary. The Audit

Committee on occasions meets with the internal auditor and

external auditor without the management present.

3.2

I

n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 3.2, employees

only attend Committee meetings at the invitation of the

Committee as is considered appropriate.

3.3 Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee

I

n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 3.3, the

Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee

operates under a written Charter, and the majority of members

are Independent Directors as the Committee is comprised of

the full Board. In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation

4.2 the Charter is available on PGG Wrightson’s website at www.

pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company > Sustainability. The

Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee

during the financial year was chaired by Garry Moore. The

Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee

met four times during the financial year as part of a full Board

meeting. Employees only attend Committee meetings at the

invitation of the Committee as is considered appropriate.

T

he main responsibilities of the Remuneration, Appointments

and Nominations Committee are:

To undertake an annual performance appraisal of the Chief

Executive Officer and review the appraisal of direct reports

to the Chief Executive Officer;

To review compensation policy and procedures, including

employee benefits and superannuation, and recommend

to the Board remuneration changes for the Chief Executive

Officer and direct reports to the Chief Executive Officer;

To review succession planning and senior management

development plans; and

To report Committee proceedings back to the Board.

The role of the Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations

Committee as set out in its Charter includes recommending

remuneration for Directors to shareholders when

recommendations are put forward.

3.4

I

n relation to NZX Code Recommendation 3.4, the Remuneration,

Appointments and Nominations Committee also includes the

responsibilities for Board nominations.

ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|

113

Corporate Governance and Board Charter | Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari haere tonu

112

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

3.5 Health, Safety and Environment Committee

In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 3.5 the Health,

Safety & Environment Committee operates under a written

Charter and the Committee is comprised of the full Board. In

compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 4.2 the Charter

is available on PGG Wrightson’s website at www.pggwrightson.

co.nz under Our Company > Sustainability. The Health, Safety &

Environment Committee during the financial year was chaired

by Dr Charlotte Severne. The Health, Safety & Environment

Committee met six times during the financial year as part of a full

Board meeting. Employees attend Committee meetings at the

invitation of the Committee as is considered appropriate.

The main responsibilities of the Health, Safety and Environment

Committee are:

To assist the Board to provide leadership and policy

in consistently discharging their responsibilities in

the governance of Health, Safety and safety related

environmental considerations at PGW.

To define the activities, processes, and supporting structures

that the Board will adopt to meet its responsibilities in

relation to health, safety and environmental matters (as they

relate to safety e.g., hazardous substances) arising out of the

activities of PGW.

The HSE Committee’s approach to managing health, safety

and safety related environmental risks is to be based on

a continuous improvement methodology to achieve

increasing maturity in our health and safety culture and

embed strong environmental management across PGW.

The management of these risks includes a preventative

management approach as well as a compliance focus to

ensure all obligations are being met.

In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 3.5, the Board

has considered but does not think it is currently necessary to

have any other Board committees as standing Board committees.

Other committees are formed as and when required.

3.6 In relation to NZX Code Recommendation 3.6, if and when

necessary, the Board will establish appropriate protocols that set

out the procedure to be followed if there is a 'control transaction’

for the issuer including the procedure for any communication

between the issuer’s board and management and the

bidder. The protocols will disclose the scope of independent

advisory reports to shareholders, the option of establishing

an independent control transaction committee, and the likely

composition and implementation of an independent control

transaction committee. The Board does not consider it necessary

to establish such protocols in advance as standing protocols but

will do so if the need arises.

PRINCIPLE 4 – Reporting and Disclosure

“The Board should demand integrity in financial and non-financial reporting, and in the timeliness and balance of corporate

disclosures.”

4.1 The Board endorses the principle that it should demand

integrity both in financial and non-financial reporting and in the

provision by management of information of sufficient content,

balance, quality and timeliness to enable the Board to effectively

discharge its disclosure duties.

I

n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 4.1, the Board

has adopted a Continuous Disclosure Policy which is available

on PGG Wrightson’s website at www.pggwrightson.co.nz under

Our Company > Sustainability. The Company will provide timely

and adequate disclosure of information on matters of material

impact to shareholders and comply with the continuous

disclosure and other listing requirements of the NZX relating to

shareholder reporting. PGG Wrightson has established and will

maintain processes for the provision of information to the Board

by management of sufficient content, quality and timeliness, as

the Board considers necessary to enable the Board to effectively

discharge its duties.

4.2


I

n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 4.2, PGG

Wrightson’s Code of Conduct, Board and Committee Charters,

Diversity and Inclusion Policy and other key governance policies

are available to view on PGG Wrightson’s website at www.

pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company > Sustainability.

4.3 Regarding NZX Code Recommendation 4.3, PGG Wrightson

considers that its financial reporting is balanced, clear and

objective. The Board receives assurances from the Chief

Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer that the Directors’

declaration provided in accordance with International Financial

Reporting Standards (IFRS) and NZ IFRS is founded on a sound

system of risk management and internal control, and that the

system is operating effectively in all material respects in relation

to financial reporting risks.

4.4


PGG

Wrightson considers that its non-financial reporting is

informative, contains forward-looking assessment, and aligns

with key strategies and metrics monitored by the Board.

In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 4.4, non-

financial disclosures are included in the Annual Report and

the Sustainability Report, including material environmental,

economic and social sustainability factors and practices, climate-

related disclosures, key risks, risk management and relevant

internal controls. The Company also communicates through

releases to the NZX and media, and on its website at www.

pggwrightson.co.nz under Investor Centre.

4.5


PGG

Wrightson does not make political donations as a matter of

policy.

PRINCIPLE 5 - Remuneration

“The remuneration of Directors and executives should be transparent, fair and reasonable.”

5.1 The Board is committed to the policy that remuneration of

Directors and Officers/Executives should be transparent, fair

and reasonable. The Board’s Remuneration Policy for Directors

is that Directors’ fees in aggregate must be formally approved

by shareholders. The total fee pool available for Directors is

$875,000 approved by shareholders at the 21 October 2005

Annual Meeting. There are no retirement or ‘special exertion’

benefits paid or available for Directors. In compliance with NZX

Code Recommendation 5.1, the remuneration report section

in the 2025 Annual Report lists the Company’s Directors’ actual

remuneration including any Board Committee fees paid. There

are no performance incentives for any Directors. The Board

has not elected to create a performance-based Equity Security

Compensation Plan. Further the Board supports Directors

investing in shares in the Company but this is a personal decision

for Directors.

5.2


T

he Board considers that it partially complies with NZX Code

Recommendation 5.2, being that PGG Wrightson’s policy for

remuneration of Officers outlines the relative weightings of

remuneration components and relevant performance criteria.

Directors’ remuneration does not have performance criteria

attached to it. All Executive Officer remuneration incentives align

with financial and non-financial performance measures relating

to PGG Wrightson’s objectives and are compatible with PGG

Wrightson’s risk management policies and systems.

5.3

I

n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 5.3, the

remuneration arrangements in place for the Chief Executive

Officer during the year ended 30 June 2025 including disclosure

of the base salary, short-term incentive and the performance

criteria used to determine performance-based payments, are

outlined in the remuneration report section in the 2025 Annual

Report.

PRINCIPLE 6 – Risk Management

“Directors should have a sound understanding of the material risks faced by the issuer and how to manage them. The Board should

regularly verify that the issuer has appropriate processes that identify and manage potential and material risks.”

6.1 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 6.1, PGG

Wrightson has in place a risk management policy and framework

for its business to manage existing risks and to report the

material risks facing the business and how these are being

managed.

PGG Wrightson has in place a Risk Policy and associated

framework for its business. The policy and framework allow

the business to identify and assess new risks, manage existing

risks and regularly report the material risks to the Board. It is the

responsibility of the Board to monitor the effectiveness of the

broad risk management processes in place.

Key aspects of how risks are managed, as described in the Risk

Policy, include:

A commitment to applying effective risk management for all

PGW’s business operations. This includes the integration of

risk management into PGW’s strategy, procedures, projects,

and decision making;

That risks and controls are owned, managed, and monitored

by the business unit in which they exist, and/or by a member

of the Executive Team for material and strategic risks;

Risks should be proactively identified and managed by all

PGW employees as part of their day-to-day activities. Staff

should apply the appropriate controls and monitor them

regularly, in a manner that is also aligned with PGW Values;

and

Effective and timely risk reporting, communication, and

escalation are critical to support good decision making.

Minimum reporting requirements have been defined for

Strategic and Business Unit level risks.

ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|

115

Corporate Governance and Board Charter | Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari haere tonu

114

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Directors receive regular reporting on PGG Wrightson's strategic risks, which include the following areas:

TITLEGENERAL RISK DESCRIPTIONGENERAL DESCRIPTION OF RISK MANAGEMENT (HIGH LEVEL OVERVIEW ONLY,

INCLUDING EXAMPLES)

BiosecurityImpacts of a biosecurity events / incident response and

downstream events (e.g. regulatory response, customer

behaviour) and biosecurity compliance requirements.

Compliance with NAIT regulations (including OSPRI audits), internal

policies (including Quality Assurance Programs), and signing up to

the ‘Biosecurity Pledge’. Response planning includes PGG Wrightson's

Incident Management Plan, Business Continuity Plans, and a requirement

to follow MPI guidelines for any specific event.

Liability and claim eventsOperational errors and omissions that can lead to

liability claims that can potentially impact adversely on

PGG Wrightson’s performance and reputation.

Regular review of risks, input and training provided by the PGG Wrightson

Legal team, mandatory training courses, good oversight of legislative

changes, robust processes to respond when potential issues are

identified, supplier audits, quality control, and training for staff.

Portfolio offeringEnsuring that the portfolio of goods and services that

PGG Wrightson offer keeps pace with the evolving

needs of our customers and ways they want to transact

(risk of disintermediation).

Strategic planning, staying in touch with clients and understanding their

needs, exploring new opportunities, review of existing business units and

performance, investing in new technology, and a broad range of offerings

Health, Safety and WellbeingProactively addressing the Health, Safety and Wellbeing

of our staff, contractors and other stakeholders that

have contact and involvement with PGG Wrightson's

operations.

A dedicated team within PGG Wrightson's People & Safety group who

partner with all Business Units and Teams. Comprehensive governance

oversight by a management Committee and Board Committee. Systems,

tools and processes, supported by training, controls checks, Health &

Safety Reps, and ongoing improvement opportunities.

Information and cyber securityProtecting the confidentiality, integrity and availability

of our business systems, including managing

vulnerabilities, and ability to respond to cyber-events.

A dedicated team within PGG Wrightson's Technology team, who deliver

a broad range of activities including prevention, detection, training, and

incident response capabilities.

Key peopleProactively managing succession planning and key

person risks across our business and operations.

A Talent Acquisition & Management programme, backed by policies,

training, succession plans, data analytics, and SOPs within Business Units.

ESG / GRI elements included in the Annual Report.

Large scale disaster eventsPGG Wrightson’s business continuity planning and

readiness to respond to natural disasters and other

material adverse events (e.g. emergencies, crises,

business interruption and disasters).

An established Business Continuity Policy with supporting guidelines,

processes, templates, and testing. Regular reporting to the Risk &

Compliance Committee, through to the Audit Committee. Insurance

coverage of PGG Wrightson's physical assets.

Market attractiveness and customer

profitability

PGG Wrightson’s adaptability and ability to respond to

market changes (including land use change, farmland

conversion to forestry, farmer and grower profitability

and associated spend patterns).

Diversity of PGG Wrightson's offerings and geographic coverage, to

manage localised events and sector specific volatility. Management

oversight, new technologies, and monitoring customer demand and

market changes.

Regulatory complianceCompliance with current and evolving regulatory

requirements.

Policies, procedures, mandatory staff training, input from PGG Wrightson's

Legal team, Delegations of Authority, and compliance frameworks.

Oversight is provided by the Risk and Compliance Committee.

Environmental health & animal

welfare

Adapting to legislative change and ongoing

compliance together with evolving market and

community expectations on environmental matters.

Ensuring PGG Wrightson understands legislative changes and how to

comply, including responding to any specific risk areas. Management via

PGG Wrightson's Technical team, including the impact of any changes to

PGG Wrightson and our clients.

Climate changeThe impact of climate change on PGG Wrightson's

operations (including extreme weather events, fires,

water shortages and flooding events, adjusting to a low

carbon economy etc.).

A dedicated role of Sustainability Manager, supported by key staff

throughout the business. Business Continuity Plans (as noted in ‘large

scale disaster events risk’) and a Sustainability Strategy.

Social License to Operate

(including ESG)

Responding proactively to ESG reporting and market

expectations to ensure PGG Wrightson delivers and

meets the expectations of its stakeholders.

Sustainability Manager coordinating activities, including a group wide

Sustainability Committee. The Sustainability Report now includes

application of GRI Standards.

In discharging the Board’s risk management responsibilities, the

Board has:

In conjunction with the Chief Executive Officer, Audit

Committee, internal and external audit, set up and

monitored rigorous processes for risk management and

internal controls to ensure that management prudently and

efficiently manage resources, and the identification of the

nature and magnitude of the Company’s material risks. PGG

Wrightson has a comprehensive Group Risk Policy (including

Principles, Risk Management Framework, and processes) that

aligns with ISO Risk Management guidelines;

Considered the nature and extent of risks the Board is willing

to take to achieve its strategic objectives. The Company

is committed to the management of risk to achieve

sustainability of service, employment and profits, and

therefore takes on controlled amounts of risk as considered

appropriate;

In conjunction with the Chief Executive Officer and Audit

Committee, reviewed the effectiveness and integrity of

compliance and risk management systems within the

business. The Board receives and reviews regular reports that

includes policies and internal control processes, as well as

any developments in relation to key risks. Reports include

oversight of the Company’s Group risk register and highlight

the main risks to the Company’s performance and the steps

being taken to manage these; and

Established a separate management Risk and Compliance

Committee that is responsible for the oversight of business

risks, compliance and business continuity.

The Board maintains insurance coverage with reputable insurers

for relevant insurable risks and annually renews its insurance

policies in accordance with the policy approach determined by

the Board.

6.2

I

n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 6.2, PGG

Wrightson has on page 12 of the 2025 Annual Report disclosed

how it manages its health and safety risks and has reported on

our health and safety risks, performance and management.

PRINCIPLE 7 – Auditors

“The Board should ensure the quality and independence of the external audit process.”

7.1 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 7.1, the Board

has established a framework as set out below for the Company’s

relationship with its external auditors. This includes procedures:

(a)


f

or sustaining communication with the external auditors;

(b)

t

o ensure that the ability of the external auditor to carry out

their statutory audit role is not impaired, or could reasonably be

perceived to be impaired;

(c)

t

o address what, if any, services (whether by type or level)

other than their statutory audit roles may be provided by the

external auditor; and

(d)


t

o provide for the monitoring and approval by the Audit

Committee of any service provided by the external auditor other

than in their statutory audit role.

The Board subscribes to the principle that it has a key function

to ensure the quality and independence of the external audit

process. The Board operates formal and transparent procedures

for sustaining communication with PGG Wrightson’s external

and internal auditors. The Board seeks to ensure that the ability,

objectivity and independence of the external auditor to carry

out their statutory audit role is not compromised or impaired or

could reasonably be perceived to be compromised or impaired.

The external auditor are invited to attend all Audit Committee

meetings (except where auditor remuneration or performance

is discussed). This attendance, from time to time includes

invitations for private sessions between the Audit Committee

and the external auditor without management being present. In

addition, the lead audit partner of the external auditor is rotated

at least every five years.

To ensure there is no conflict with other services that may be

provided by the external auditor, the Company has adopted a

policy whereby the external auditor will not provide any other

services unless specifically approved by the Audit Committee.

The external auditor Ernst & Young was appointed on 13 April

2021 and the lead audit partner retired after four years with a new

lead audit partner appointed. Ernst & Young provided additional

non-audit work to the Group in the year ended 30 June 2025.

The remuneration paid by the Group for audit work is disclosed

on page 67 of the 2025 Annual Report. The remuneration paid by

the Group for non-audit work was $31,000. The nature and value

of the non-audit services provided by Ernst & Young is disclosed

on page 67 of the 2025 Annual Report. The external auditor

confirmed in their audit report on pages 101 to 104 of the 2025

Annual Report the nature of the non-audit services provided to

the Group.

7.2

In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 7.2, the external

auditor attends the Annual Meeting to answer questions from

shareholders in relation to the audit.

7.3


I

n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 7.3, PGG

Wrightson’s internal audit functions are disclosed here. The

internal audit function sits within the Risk and Assurance team,

which is comprised of a functional leader and supported by

a panel of co-source partners. The internal audit function is

responsible for carrying out internal audits in accordance with the

internal audit plan approved annually by the Audit Committee.

The function reviews and reports on the effectiveness of internal

control systems and processes for the Company. The Group’s

internal audit function has unfettered access to the Board.

ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|

117

Corporate Governance and Board Charter | Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari haere tonu

116

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Statutory Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga ā-Ture

PRINCIPLE 8 – Shareholder Rights & Relations

“The Board should respect the rights of shareholders and foster constructive relationships with shareholders that encourage them to

engage with the issuer.”

8.1 While the Company does not have a formal shareholder

or stakeholder relations policy, the Board actively fosters

constructive relationships with its shareholders, as appropriate.

The Board is at all times cognisant of the need to protect and act

in the best interests of the Company’s shareholders.

I

n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 8.1, PGG

Wrightson’s website www.pggwrightson.co.nz has an Investor

Centre where investors and interested stakeholders can access

financial and operational information and key corporate

governance information. This contains key governance

documents and policies, contact details for investor matters,

current and past Annual Reports, notices of meetings and

other key dates in the investor schedule, the constitution,

media releases and NZX announcements, periodic financial

information, dividend histories and other information. PGG

Wrightson lists its Business Unit descriptions and key activities

on its website, and its releases contain information on business

goals and performance. The Company encourages shareholder

participation at the Annual Meeting, by providing as an item of

General Business, the conducting of a shareholder discussion,

where a reasonable opportunity is given for shareholders to

question, discuss or comment on the management of the

Company.

8.2


I

n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 8.2, PGG

Wrightson allows investors the ability to easily communicate

with it, including providing the option to receive

communications electronically. The Company has continued to

seek to improve shareholder participation, efficiency and cost

effectiveness of communication with shareholders by offering

them its e-comms programme, where shareholders can elect to

receive their security holder communications electronically.

8.3

I

n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 8.3,

shareholders have the right to vote on major decisions which

may change the nature of the Company.

8.4


I

f PGG Wrightson was seeking additional equity capital in the

future, it would consider the recommendation in NZX Code

Recommendation 8.4 to offer further equity securities to existing

equity security holders of the same class on a pro rata basis and

no less favourable terms before further equity securities are

offered to other investors.

8.5


I

n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 8.5, the

shareholders’ Notice of Annual Meeting is posted on the

website as soon as possible and at least 20 working days prior to

meetings.

9 Annual Review

9.1 A review of this Corporate Governance Code and associated

processes and procedures is completed on an annual basis

to ensure the Company adheres to best practice governance

principles (as promulgated by the relevant authoritative bodies)

and maintains high ethical standards.

The following particulars of notices were given by Directors of the Company pursuant to section 140(2) of the Companies Act 1993

for the year 1 July 2024 to 30 June 2025

DIRECTOR INTEREST ORGANISATION

Garry Moore Chair Garry Moore Limited

Dairycool Limited

Reflex Nominees Limited

Debt Discounting (NZ) Limited

P

urecool Limited

Trustee Burnett Valley Charitable Trust

The Moore Family Trust

Sarah Brown Director Horizon Meats NZ Limited

Blue Sky Meats (NZ) Limited

Howie Johns Limited

M

orton Mains Dairy Limited

Meng Foon Chair Hokotehi Moriori Trust

T

e Pukenga Equity Experts Group

Director/Shareholder MY Gold Investments Limited

Trustee/Beneficiary MY Trust

Trustee Atawahi Charitable Trust

CEO Rawhiti Mediation Services

Partner Foon Partnership

P

resident

Gisbor

ne Chinese Society

Ex

ecutive Member

NZ Chinese S

ociety

U Kean Seng




No Disclosur

es

Dr Charlotte Severne

Chair Whenua Haumanu – Programme Governance Group, Massey University

Deputy Chair Māori Soldiers Trust

Dir

ector

T

uaropaki Power Company

TPC Holdings Limit

ed

Severne & Associates Limited

Agricultural Leaders Health & Safety Action Group Inc. (Safer Farms)

Trustee The Māori Trustee

S

everne Whanau Trust

P

ott Severne Family Trust

Panellist Te Ropu Wakahaere

Severe Weather Events Recovery Review Panel

G

overnance Board of the Coastal People Southern Skies Centre of

R

esearch Excellence, Otago University

ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|

119

Statutory Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga ā-Ture haere tonu

118

|



PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Letter from the Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee Chair

As Chair of the PGG Wrightson Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee, I am pleased to present PGG

Wrightson’s Remuneration Report, covering the Financial Year Ended 30 June 2025.

The Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee is a Committee of the Board of Directors (who are all

members) governed by written charter. The charter requires members to be appointed by the Board of Directors from

amongst the Non-executive Directors of PGG Wrightson Limited. All current Directors are Non-executive Directors.

The Committee is responsible for the overview of the Company’s People and Safety strategy and the direction of PGG

Wrightson’s Remuneration Policy and Framework.

PGG Wrightson operates a mature, consistent, transparent and fairly applied Remuneration Policy and Framework which

covers all employees at PGG Wrightson, including our Chief Executive Officer and Executive Leadership Team. Our

framework is structured to ensure it aligns to our strategy, culture and values.

With support from our remuneration partner, Strategic Pay, all roles at PGG Wrightson are evaluated using Strategic Pay’s

“SP10” Job Evaluation Methodology which allocates bands or grades, which are then compared against private sector

benchmarking. This ensures our employees receive market competitive remuneration for the work they undertake, which

assists us in retaining and attracting the best talent. All PGG Wrightson employees are paid the equivalent of that year’s

Living Wage, or at least 85% of the private sector market mid-point for their role, whichever is the higher.

PGG Wrightson does not have any employees covered by collective bargaining agreements, each employee is engaged

under an “Individual Employment Agreement”.

The Remuneration, Appointment and Nominations Committee set PGG Wrightson’s Chief Executive Officer, Executive and

Senior Management Incentive Plans to include targeted financial, strategic and/or operational and safety Key Performance

Indicators (KPIs) which drive business performance and provide shareholder value – these then filter down into front line

incentive and commission plans. This ensures our framework can recognise individual, team and company performance

whilst maintaining business performance and shareholder value.

Garry Moore

Chair

Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee

Remuneration Report | Pūrongo Utu

Directors’ Shareholdings

As at 30 June 2025, the following Directors of PGG Wrightson Limited held a beneficial interest in shares in PGG Wrightson Limited:

DIRECTORREGISTERED HOLDERNUMBER OF SHARES

S BrownSarah Jane Brown & Keith William Brown11,400

G MooreGarry Mervyn Moore & Tanya Gail Moore71.622

Dr C SeverneCharlotte Marewa Severne, Joachim Helmut Pott and Richard William

Lucy as Trustees of the Pott Severne Family Trust

7,500

U Kean Seng is an associated person of substantial product holder Agria (Singapore) Pte Limited holding 33,463,399 shares.

Directors’ Share Transactions

The following Directors of PGG Wrightson Limited notified the Company of on-market share transactions between 1 July 2024 and 30 June 2025.

DIRECTORREGISTERED HOLDERDATE OF DISCLOSURENUMBER OF SHARES

G MooreGarry Mervyn Moore & Tanya Gail Moore15 August 202426,622

G MooreGarry Mervyn Moore & Tanya Gail Moore26 February 202525,000

M FoonMeng Liu Fon12 May 2025-1,000

Directors’ Independence

The Board has determined that as at 30 June 2025:

The following Directors are Independent Directors: G Moore, S Brown, M Foon, and Dr C Severne; and

The following Director is not an Independent Director by virtue of his association with a substantial product holder: U Kean Seng.

NZX Waivers

There were no NZX Waivers applying to PGG Wrightson Limited during the financial year.

Directors’ Indemnity and Insurance

In accordance with section 162 of the Companies Act 1993 and the Constitution of the Company, the Company has insured Directors and Officers

against liabilities to other parties that may arise from their positions as Directors and Officers of the Company, Subsidiaries and Associates. This

insurance does not cover liabilities arising from criminal actions and deliberate and reckless acts or omissions.

Use of Company Information by Directors

The Board has implemented a protocol governing the disclosure of Company information to its substantial product holders. In accordance with

this protocol and section 145 of the Companies Act 1993, U Kean Seng gave notice that while Directors they may disclose certain information to

Agria Corporation in order to seek, and inform the Board of, its view as to the governance and operation of the Company and in order to enable

Agria Corporation to comply with certain statutory obligations.

ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|

121

Remuneration Report | Pūrongo utu

120

|



PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

FY25 Remuneration

PGG Wrightson provided a budget for salary increases in FY25 which was aligned to both the private sector market movements over the previous

12 months, future predicted movements of the market, and what remains affordable to the Company to ensure it can support shareholder value

and reflect business performance.

Chief Executive Officer Remuneration

In compliance with the NZX Code Recommendation 5.3, this section lists disclosure of the remuneration arrangements in place for PGG

Wrightson’s Chief Executive Officer Stephen Guerin. The Board of Directors’ general policy for Chief Executive remuneration is payment of a base

salary and an annual at-risk short-term incentive. The short-term incentive has a threshold EBITDA target which must be met for the scheme to

open. The target amount of the short-term incentive payment is a percentage of base salary, being 20% for the financial year, with the maximum

payable being 150% of the target amount. The short-term incentive is payable on the achievement of certain key performance criteria focused

on PGG Wrightson’s financial performance (meeting of EBITDA and Cashflow targets), delivery of strategic objectives and Safety and Wellbeing

performance for the respective financial year.

In FY25, PGG Wrightson met 105% of the threshold EBITDA target for the short-term incentive scheme, which opened at 112.5% of opportunity.

PGG Wrightson has not paid any Chief Executive Officer severance benefits (‘golden parachutes’ or ‘handshakes’) within FY25 and PGG Wrightson

has no contractual obligation to pay these under existing arrangements.

During FY25 the salary of the Chief Executive Officer was reviewed by the Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee to reflect

the movement of the private sector market specific to the Chief Executive Officer role, and the performance of the incumbent, and an increase of

7.43% was supported.

As at 30 June 2025 the total number of PGG Wrightson shares owned by the Chief Executive Officer was 3,842.

The Chief Executive Officer’s overall remuneration relating to the year ended 30 June 2025 is as follows:

YEAR FIXED REMUNERATION

TOTAL FIXED

REMUNERATIONSHORT TERM INCENTIVE (STI)

DISCRETIONARY

PAYMENT TOTA L

BASE SALARY OTHER BENEFITS* EARNED

AMOUNT EARNED AS A %

OF MAXIMUM AWARDS

(FIXED REM + STI EARNED +

DISCRETIONARY PAYMENT )

FY25 $1,117,050 $35,247 $1,152,297 $251,336 112.5%$0 $1,403,633

FY24$1,116,950$39,363$1,156,313 $00%$50,000$1,206,313

FY23 $1,014,968$ 38,825$1,053,793 $194,97499%$0 $1,248,767

*

KiwiSaver employer contribution paid during the year.

The Chief Executive Officer does not have any long-term incentives.

Environmental, Social and Governance Disclosures

PGG Wrightson’s ratio of the annual total compensation for the organisation’s highest-paid individual to the median annual total compensation for

all employees (excluding the highest-paid individual) is 16.28.

PGG Wrightson’s ratio of the percentage increase in annual total compensation for the organisation’s highest-paid individual to the median

percentage increase in annual total compensation for all employees (excluding the highest-paid individual) is -2.3.

PGG Wrightson has excluded casuals, contractors and commission agents given they are not guaranteed hours.

Full time equivalent pay rates are used for each part time employee.

The following types of compensation have been included:

Cash compensation paid during the reporting period (base salary, bonus/discretionary payments, incentive payments, other variable cash

payments, other allowances, commission where applicable to employees); and

Employer contributions to retirement schemes.

The title of the highest paid individual at PGG Wrightson is the Chief Executive Officer.

PGG Wrightson is a signatory to “Mind the Gap” and will be reporting on its Gender Pay gap again in FY25.

The robustness of PGG Wrightson’s Remuneration Framework is based on role, not individual, which shows the Company has broad pay equity on

equivalent roles at PGG Wrightson, which have been broken down below for operations (business facing) roles and business support roles.

The Gender Pay gap is presented as the difference in median hourly rate of female staff compared to male staff (meaning a +5% difference would

represent female median hourly rate below males, whereas a -5% difference would represent female median hourly earnings above males).

OPERATIONS – ROLE MIDPOINT

NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES

IDENTIFYING AS FEMALE

NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES

IDENTIFYING AS MALEGENDER PAY GAP

$60,000 - $80,000532293-1%

$80,001 - $100,00065635%

$100,001 - $150,000783402%

$150,000+9245%

Total68472026%

BUSINESS SUPPORT – ROLE MIDPOINT

NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES

IDENTIFYING AS FEMALE

NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES

IDENTIFYING AS MALEGENDER PAY GAP

$60,000 - $80,0007924-1%

$80,001 - $100,000144-7%

$100,001 - $150,00040351%

$150,000+515-4%

Total1387828%

This data shows employees identifying as female have greater representation in the lower pay band, and less representation in higher pay bands,

which contributes to PGG Wrighton’s overall Gender Pay gap of 28%, as explained by the table below.

CATEGORY

NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES

IDENTIFYING AS FEMALE

NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES

IDENTIFYING AS MALEGENDER PAY GAP

Executive2524%

Leadership1176-4%

Operations68472026%

Business Support1387828%

All Staff83587928%

A working group is continuing to develop strategies to address the lower representation of females in higher pay bands, predominantly leadership

roles.

ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|

123

Remuneration Report | Pūrongo utu

122

|



PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

BANDCOUNTBANDCOUNT

$100,000 – $110,000 131

$110,001 – $120,000 88

$120,001 – $130,000 78

$130,001 – $140,000 47

$140,001 – $150,000 56

$150,001 – $160,000 38

$160,001 – $170,000 32

$170,001 – $180,000 21

$180,001 – $190,000 16

$190,001 – $200,000 25

$200,001 – $210,000 22

$210,001 – $220,000 9

$220,001 – $230,000 5

$230,001 – $240,000 5

$240,001 – $250,000 8

$250,001 – $260,000 3

$260,001 – $270,000 6

$270,001 – $280,000 6

$280,001 – $290,000 1

$290,001 – $300,000 2

$300,001 – $310,000 1

$310,001 – $320,000 3

$320,001 – $330,000 1

$330,001 – $340,000 3

$340,001 – $350,000 2

$350,001 – $360,000 2

$380,001 – $390,000 1

$390,001 – $400,000 2

$400,001 – $410,000 1

$430,001 – $440,000 1

$500,001 – $510,000 1

$510,001 – $520,000 1

$520,001 – $530,000 1

$550,001 – $560,0002

$660,001 – $670,000 1

$710,001 – $720,000 1

$740,001– $750,0001

$1,200,001 – $1,210,0001

Total 625

Remuneration Bands

This Remuneration Report contains disclosure of the employees (other than employees who are Directors) who received remuneration and any

other benefits in their capacity as employees of the Company and its subsidiaries, the value of which was or exceeded $100,000 per annum, in

brackets of $10,000, as required by the Companies Act 1993.

The schedule includes:

All monetary payments actually made during the year, including termination payments and the face value of any short-term and any at-risk long-

term incentives granted, where applicable;

The employer’s contributions to superannuation funds, retiring entitlements, health insurance schemes and other payments to terminating

employees (e.g. long service leave); and

Livestock employees who are remunerated on a commission basis and whose remuneration fluctuates materially from year to year. Livestock

remuneration includes incentives paid in the current year that were earned in respect of the prior year’s performance.

The schedule excludes:

Amounts paid post 30 June 2025 that related to services provided in the 2025 financial year;

Telephone concessions to some employees that can include free telephone line rental, national and international phone calls and online services;

Independent real estate/livestock commission agents; and

Any benefits received by employees that do not have an attributable value.

No employees appointed as a Director of a subsidiary company of PGG Wrightson Limited receives or retains any remuneration or other benefits

from PGG Wrightson Limited for acting as such.

Director Remuneration

The following persons held office as a Director during the year to 30 June 2025 and received the following remuneration (including the value

of any benefits). Fees are not paid for membership of the Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee, or for the Health, Safety &

Environment Committee (except for the Chair). The total fee pool available for Directors is $875,000 approved by shareholders at the 21 October

2005 Annual Meeting. The Directors did not receive additional fees or benefits to those fees listed in the table below and did not have any shares

issued or transferred to them as Director remuneration. The Directors’ shareholdings in PGG Wrightson Limited are disclosed under the Statutory

Disclosures section of the Annual Report. Figures are gross, rounded and exclude GST (if any):

When determining the fees for Non-executive Directors, the Board considers benchmarked data from other NZX listed companies, the

performance of the company and the time and effort required to fulfil Directors’ responsibilities.

Director remuneration outcomes

A breakdown of Board and Committee fees for the period are set out in the table below:

DIRECTOR NAMEFEE

FEE FOR AUDIT & RISK

COMMITTEE

FEE FOR HEALTH & SAFETY

COMMITTEE

TOTAL REMUMERATION

RECEIVED

G Moore $210,000$10,000 $220,000

S Brown$110,000$40,000 $150,000

M Foon$90,000 $90,000

Dr C Severne$90,000 $10,000$100,000

U Kean Seng$90,000$10,000 $100,000

Total$590,000$60,000$10,000$660,000

Annual Fee Schedule as at 30 June 2025

ANNUAL FEE

Chair$210,000

Deputy Chair$110,000

Director$90,000

Audit Committee Chair$40,000

Audit Committee Member$10,000

Health & Safety Committee Chair$10,000

ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|

125124

|



PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Subsidiary Company Directors

The following persons held the office of Director of the respective subsidiaries (as defined in the Companies Act 1993) during the year or part year

as indicated on behalf of the Group. Directors appointed (A) or who resigned (R) during the year or part year are indicated. Staff appointments do

not receive Director fees or other benefits as a Director. Unless otherwise indicated, Group ownership is 100%.

LEGAL COMPANY NAMEPGG WRIGHTSON APPOINTED DIRECTORS

Ag Property Holdings LimitedJS Daly, SJ Guerin

Bidr LimitedSJ Guerin, PC Scott, RJ Shearer

Bloch & Behrens Wool (NZ) LimitedJS Daly, SJ Guerin, RJ Shearer

National Saleyards Limited (66.67%)JS Daly, PJ Newbold

NZ Agritrade LimitedJS Daly, SJ Guerin

PGG Wrightson Employee Benefits Plan Trustee LimitedCD Adam, JS Daly (Alternate Director), SJ Guerin, JA O’Neill, PR Drury

PGG Wrightson Investments LimitedJS Daly, SJ Guerin

PGG Wrightson Real Estate LimitedJS Daly, SJ Guerin

Sheffield Saleyards Co Limited (53.5%)RG Nordstrom

General Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga ArowhānuiShareholder Information | Ngā Mōhiohio Kaipupurihea

PGG Wrightson Limited is quoted on the New Zealand Stock Market of NZX Limited (code PGW).

As at 30 June 2025, PGG Wrightson Limited had 75,484,083 ordinary shares on issue.

Substantial Product Holders

At 30 June 2025, the following security holders had given notices in accordance with the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013 that they were a

substantial product holder in the Company. The number of shares shown below are as recorded in the Company’s share register.

SHAREHOLDER

NUMBER OF SHARES

AT 30 JUNE 2025DATE OF NOTICE

Elders Limited

9,409,29614 December 2022

Agria (Singapore) Pte Limited

33,463,39910 April 2019

Agria Group*

33,463,39917 December 2018

* Agria Group being Agria Group Limited, Agria Corporation, Agria Asia Investments Limited, Agria (Singapore) Pte Ltd, New Hope International and New

Hope Group Co., Ltd as listed in the substantial security product notice.

Twenty Largest Registered Shareholders

The 20 largest shareholders in PGG Wrightson as at 31 July 2025 were:

SHAREHOLDERNUMBER OF SHARES HELD

% OF SHARES HELD

(ROUNDED)

1.Agria (Singapore) Pte Limited33,463,399 44.33

2.Elders Limited9,409,29612.47

3.New Zealand Depository Nominee Limited1,639,6702.17

4.Accident Compensation Corporation 1,299,9381.72

5.HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited1,241,8331.65

6.Custodial Services Limited823,8421.09

7.JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited662,1230.87

8.FNZ Custodians Limited643,5810.85

9.Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 575,4890.76

10.GMH 38 Investments Limited500,0000.66

11.Citibank Nominees (New Zealand) Limited494,4130.65

12.H & G Limited295,0000.39

13Totara Grove Investments Limited280,0000.37

14.NZX WT Nominees Limited271,9650.36

15.Ian David McIlraith250,0000.33

16.Leveraged Equities Finance Limited229,0520.30

17.Anthony Joseph Ryan217,3220.29

18.Andrew Paul Lissaman Everist 211,5000.28

19.Robert Vincent Cottrell & Lesley Maureen Cottrell202,8980.27

20.David Grindell184,0000.24

ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|

127

126

|



PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Shareholder Information | Ngā Mōhiohio Kaipupurihea

Analysis of Shareholdings

Distribution of ordinary shares and shareholdings at 31 July 2025 was:

RANGETOTAL HOLDERSNUMBER OF SHARES% OF SHARES

1 – 4994,912797,1431.06

500 – 9991,034697,4670.92

1,000 – 1,9991,0071,324,1711.75

2,000 – 4,9991,0463,157,9314.18

5,000 – 9,9994653,006,4033.98

10,000 – 49,9994979,164,89712.14

50,000 – 99,999463,058,8044.05

100,000 – 499,999264,432,9945.87

500,000 – 999,99952,790,1373.70

1,000,000 Over647,054,13662.34

Total9,04475,484,083100.00

Registered addresses of shareholders as at 31 July 2025 were:

ADDRESS

NUMBER OF

SHAREHOLDERS

% OF

SHAREHOLDERS

NUMBER OF

SHARES

% OF

SHARES

Singapore

80.0933,525,87344.41

New Zealand

8,79197.2031,447,68741.66

Australia

1421.5710,188,83213.50

Other

1031.14321,6910.43

Total

9,044100.00%75,484,083100.00%

Glossary | Rārangi Kupu

ACRONYM / TERMDEFINITION

$New Zealand dollar

$/headNew Zealand dollar per head

$/KGMSNew Zealand dollar per kilogram of milk solids

%Per cent

Base SalarySalary paid by to an employee, excluding any additional compensation or benefits

BoardBoard of Directors for PGG Wrightson Limited

c/kgCents per kilogram

CEOChief Executive Officer

CGUCash-generating unit

CompanyPGG Wrightson Limited

CPA Certified Public Accountant

D365Microsoft Dynamics 365

DBODefined Benefit Obligation

DirectorA director of PGG Wrightson Limited

EBITEarnings before Interest and Tax

EBITDAEarnings before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, and Amortisation

EPSEarnings Per Share

ECLExpected Credit Loss

FYFinancial Year ended or ending 30 June of the relevant year

GroupPGG Wrightson Limited, its subsidiaries and interests in associates and jointly controlled entities

HSWHealth, Safety and Wellbeing

IFRSInternational Financial Reporting Standard

KPIKey Performance Indicators

KGKilogram

MBAMaster of Business Administration

NIBD

Net Interest-Bearing Debt

N PAT

Net Profit After Tax

NPSNet Promotor Score

N TANet Tangible Assets

NZNew Zealand

NZDNew Zealand dollar

NZ GAAPNew Zealand Generally Accepted Accounting Practice

NZ IFRSNew Zealand equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards

NZXNew Zealand Stock Exchange

NZX CODENZX Corporate Governance Code 2025

NZX50GNew Zealand Stock Exchange Gross 50 Index

PGWPGG Wrightson Limited

PTEPrivate

R&DResearch and development

SEHKHong Kong Stock Exchange

SGXSingapore Stock Exchange

SZSEShenzhen Stock Exchange

TMTrademark

TRIFRTotal Recordable Injury Frequency Rate

TSRTotal Shareholder Return

128
|



PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Corporate Directory | Whaiaronga Rangatōpū

Company number 142962 NZBN 9429040323497

Board of Directors

as at 30 June 2025

Garry Moore

Chair

Audit Committee member and

Independent Director

Sarah Brown

Deputy Chair,

Chair of Audit Committee and

Independent Director

Meng Foon

Independent Director

U Kean Seng

Director

Audit Committee member

Dr Charlotte Severne

Chair of Health, Safety and Environment

Committee and Independent Director

Wilson Liu

Independent Director (appointed 1 July 2025)

Audit Committee member (from 12 August 2025)

Managing your

shareholding online

Te whakahaere tuihono i tō pānga hea

To change your address, update your

payment instructions and to view your

investment portfolio, including transactions,

please visit:

www.investorcentre.com/nz

General enquiries can be directed to:

Computershare Investor Services Limited

Level 2, 159 Hurstmere Road

Takapuna, Auckland 0622

enquiry@computershare.co.nz

Private Bag 92119, Auckland 1142,


New Zealand

Telephone +64 9 488 8777

Facsimile +64 9 488 8787

Please assist our registrar by quoting

your CSN or shareholder number.

Executive Team

as at 30 June 2025

Stephen Guerin

Chief Executive Officer

Nick Berry

General Manager Retail & Water

Julian Daly

General Manager Corporate Affairs

Company Secretary

Sarah Mears

Acting General Manager People & Safety (to 20 August 2024)

General Manager People & Safety (from 21 August 2024)

Peter Newbold

General Manager Livestock & Real Estate

Peter Scott

Chief Financial Officer

Rachel Shearer

Acting General Manager Wool (to 20 August 2024)

General Manager Wool (from 21 August 2024)

Registered Office

PGG Wrightson Limited

1 Robin Mann Place

Christchurch Airport

Christchurch 8053

PO Box 292

Christchurch 8140

Telephone:

0800 10 22 76 (NZ only)

+64 3 372 0800 (International)

Email:

enquiries@pggwrightson.co.nz

Auditors

Ernst & Young

Level 4

93 Cambridge Terrace

PO Box 2091

Christchurch 8140

Telephone: +64 3 379 1870

130
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

For the year ended 30 June 2025

|

Mō te tau i mutu i te 30 Hune 2025

Pūrongo ā-tau

Annual Report

---

Helping grow the country
Sustainability Report

and Climate Statement

Pūrongo Toitū me te Tauākī Āhuarangi

For the year ended 30 June 2025

|

Mō te tau i mutu i te 30 Hune 2025

E
About this Report 2

Climate 8

Cover image: Beautiful grapes in the morning sun, photographed by

Carl Gundersen for the 2025 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 1

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

Contents | Ngā Kaupapa

Environment 17

Social 20

Governance 28

About this Report | Tenei Purongo ...........................................................................................2

Climate-Related Disclosures |

Ngā Whakapuakanga ā-Āhuarangi 3

Key Information |

Ngā Mōhiohio Hira 3

External Assurance |

Whakaūnga ā-Waho 3

Sustainability Reporting Standards |

Ngā Paerewa Pūrongo Toitūtanga 3

Material Topics |

Ngā Take Kōrero 3

About PGG Wrightson |

Mō PGG Wrightson 4

United Nations Sustainable Development Goals


Ngā Whāinga Whanaketanga Toitū a te Kotahitanga o Ngā Iwi o te Ao

5

Memberships and Associations |

Ngā Mematanga me ngā Hononga 6

Stakeholder Engagement |

Te Whai Wāhitanga o te Hunga Whaipānga 6

Statement from the Directors |

Tauākī a ngā Whakataka 7

Statement from the Chief Executive Officer |

Tauākī a te Tumu Whakahaere 7

Climate |

Āhuarangi ......................................................................................................................8

Governance |

Mana Whakahaere 8

Strategy |

Rautaki 9

PGW Group Strategy |

Rautaki Rōpū a PGW 13

Risk Management |

Whakahaere Mōrea 15

Metrics and Targets |

Ngā Inenga me Ngā Ūnga 16

Environment |

Taiao ..................................................................................................................17

Energy |

Pūngao 17

Water |

Wai 19

Waste |

Para 19

Social |

Pāpori ...............................................................................................................................20

Employment Statistics |

Ngā Tauanga Whiwhi Mahi 20

Education and Training |

Te Mātauranga me te Whakangungu 22

PGW Academy |

Te whare wānanga o PGW 22

Remuneration and Benefits |

Te Utu me ngā Painga 23

Gender Pay |

Utu ā-ira 23

Parental Leave |

Te Whakamatuatanga ā-Matua 24

Health, Safety and Wellbeing |

Te Hauora, te haumarutanga, me te toiora 25

Sponsorships |

Ngā Tautoko ā-Pūtea 26

Governance |

Mana Whakahaere ............................................................................................28

Policy |

Kaupapahere 29

Supply Chain |

Mekameka tuku 29

Incident Management Plan |

Te Mahere Whakahaere Takunetanga 29

Agricultural Chemicals |

Matū ahuwhenua 30

GRI Content Index |

Kaupapa Pūrongo Aowhānui 31

Glossary |

Rārangi Kupu 32

PGG Wrightson Limited

(PGW ) is pleased to present

our Sustainability Report and

Climate Statement for the year

ending 30 June 2025. This report

provides our stakeholders with

an overview of our sustainability

performance and activities,

including our climate-related

disclosures.

2025 marks the fourth consecutive year of formal sustainability reporting and the second year of mandatory disclosures
under New Zealand’s Climate-Related Disclosures (CRD) legislation.

This Report, reviewed and approved by the PGW Board, stands alongside the PGW Annual Report to provide readers a

comprehensive view of our broader business activities and progress.

This Report covers activities for the 12-months from 1 July 2024 to 30 June 2025 and information aligns with the reporting

period for PGW’s financial reporting, unless otherwise stated. This report focuses on the activities of PGW and all its

controlled entities. No restatements of information from previous reporting periods have been made in this report.

This Report is designed to reflect the interests and expectations of our stakeholders. We welcome your feedback and

encourage you to share any comments or questions about the content by contacting us at enquiries@pggwrightson.co.nz.

Your input helps us continue to improve and ensures our reporting remains relevant and valuable.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 2

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

Harvesting wheat Ashburton, photographed by

Riley McBain for the 2025 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.

About this Report

|

Tenei Purongo

Climate-Related Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga ā-Āhuarangi
PGW is a climate-reporting entity under Part 7A of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013. This climate statement relates to PGG

Wrightson Limited (Company Number 142962) and its controlled entities.

The climate-related disclosures contained in this report comply with Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards (NZ CS 1, NZ CS 2 and NZ

CS 3) issued by the External Reporting Board (XRB). NZ CS 2 provides a number of adoption provisions, which climate reporting entities

may elect to use. In preparing its climate-related disclosures, PGW has elected to use:

Adoption provision 2: Anticipated financial impacts. This adoption provision defers disclosure of the anticipated financial

impacts of climate-related risks and opportunities reasonably expected by PGW.

Adoption provision 4: Scope 3 GHG emissions. This adoption provision defers disclosure of gross emissions in metric tonnes

of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2-e) classified as scope 3.

Adoption provision 5: Comparatives for Scope 3 GHG emissions. This adoption provision defers disclosure comparative

information for the immediately preceding two reporting periods of scope 3 GHG emissions disclosed in the current

reporting period.

Adoption Provision 8: Scope 3 GHG emissions. This adoption provision defers including scope 3 GHG emissions disclosures

in the scope of its assurance engagement.

Sustainability Reporting Standards | Ngā Paerewa Pūrongo Toitūtanga

The content of this reporting is in accordance with the NZ CS and the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards.

The NZ CS closely align with the International Sustainability Standards Board’s global climate-related disclosures (S1 & S2) and

the framework developed by the Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures. A reporting Index is included in the back

of this report and provides an overview of the disclosures in the NZ CS and GRI Standards.

In drafting the Sustainability Report and Climate Statement PGW applied the reporting principles from both NZ CS and the GRI

Standards:

Aotearoa New Zealand Climate StandardsGlobal Reporting Initiative

Principles – Information

Relevance

Accuracy

Verifiability

Comparability

Consistency

Timeliness

Principles – Presentation

Balance

Understandability

Completeness

Coherence

Reporting Principles

Accuracy

Balance

Clarity

Comparability

Completeness

Sustainability context

Timeliness

Verifiability

External Assurance | Whakaūnga ā-Waho

PGW’s Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions Inventory

has been externally assured. Oxygen Consulting

Limited was engaged to provide limited assurance

over the scope 1 and scope 2 components of the GHG

Inventory for FY25. A summary of the GHG emissions

for PGW are provided within this Report and readers

are advised to refer to the latest PGW GHG Disclosure

Report, containing detailed GHG information

including reporting boundaries and operational

control assessments. A full copy of Oxygen Consulting

Limited’s Independent Limited Assurance Report

for the period is available within the GHG Disclosure

Report.

Broader disclosures contained within this Sustainability

Report and Climate Statement have not been

externally assured.

Material Topics | Ngā Take Kōrero

Sustainability reporting has been informed by a materiality assessment completed in 2022 that was undertaken to prioritise which

environmental, social, and governance (ESG) topics that are most material to our stakeholders. The concept of ‘double materiality’ was

applied, which looked across both the ‘impact on’ the business as well as the ‘impact of ’ the business. These allow our audience to

understand the two-way interaction between PGW and our wider operating environment.

The following issues were identified as the most material according to both their stakeholder and business impacts:

Workplace Health & Safety

Product Traceability, Assurance & Lifecycle Management

Waste and Hazardous Materials

GHG Emissions and Decarbonisation

Partnerships and Supporting Communities

Ecological Impacts of Agri-Chemicals

Compliance with Legal & Regulatory Requirements

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 3

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

ABOUT THIS REPORT

Retail & Water
|

Rōpū Hokohoko me te Wai

PGW has a network of 89 retail stores across New Zealand split

between Rural Supplies and Fruitfed Supplies branded locations.

PGW offers a range of products and services across farming

and horticulture, sourcing from New Zealand and international

suppliers, as well as through PGW’s wholesale division, Agritrade.

PGW’s Water & Irrigation business operates out of four dedicated

water branches, providing a complete service for water and

irrigation from design and planning through to maintenance

and repair.

Supporting the retail network, is a team of technical experts

specialising in a range of specialised services including

agronomy, soil science, animal health, animal nutrition, crop

specialists, crop monitoring, irrigation solutions and broader

technical advice.

Agritrade is PGW’s wholesale distributor business division.

Agritrade represents rural, horticulture and water products

sourced domestically within New Zealand and from around the

world with Europe, America, Australia, China and India being the

main sources. Agritrade sells its products through PGW’s retail

stores, as well as to other retailers and distributors who then on

sell these products to farmer and grower customers.

PGW is an agent for Ballance Agri-Nutrients for the sale of

fertilisers. PGW recently acquired the Nexan Group, the brand

owner and manufacturer of a range of animal health brands.

Nexan is a leading New Zealand animal health manufacturer

which fits well within the existing Agritrade supply chain.

About PGG Wrightson | Mō PGG Wrightson

Company name: PGG Wrightson Limited

Head Office Location: 1 Robin Mann Place,

Christchurch Airport 8053, New Zealand

PGW is a publicly listed company on the New Zealand stock exchange (NZX).

PGW is a market-leading, full service agricultural and horticultural supplies and

services business operating across the supply chain throughout New Zealand. The

business is split between two operating divisions: Retail and Water and Agency. The

two areas are then split into seven main business units – covering Rural Supplies,

Fruitfed Supplies, Water & Irrigation, Agritrade in the Retail & Water group of

businesses and Livestock, Wool and Real Estate in Agency. For the purposes of this

report any reference to ‘PGW’ or the ‘PGW Group’ refer to the entire business.

PGW celebrates 20 years since the merger of Pyne Gould Guinness Ltd and

Wrightson Ltd. While PGW was formed in October 2005, we proudly carry a legacy

of more than 170 years of service to rural communities. This year PGW dived into

the archives to put a spotlight on our legacy and heritage, covering the early

beginnings, expansion and acquisitions. To read more in-depth information see

www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company > Our History.

Agency | Kapa Umanga

Livestock | Ngā Kararehe

PGW is the largest industry service provider, offering agency

services for the sale and purchase of livestock through auction,

private sale, on farm sales and specialist stud stock sales.

Supporting these services is a nationwide team specialising in

handling a range of livestock, offering on-farm assessments,

trade representation, strategic livestock selection through

genetics expertise and trade facilitation of wool and deer velvet.

PGW also offers a number of innovative services and products

including:

bidr® – New Zealand’s market leading virtual saleyard

offering real-time, live auctions online

agOnline – a key source of livestock listings across the

country to facilitate private sales

GO-STOCK – a livestock grazing contract alternative to

finance to assist farmers to manage cashflow

Defer-A-Bull – allowing farmers to secure a bull with no

upfront cost

SkyCount™ – utilising advanced drone technology and

sophisticated Artificial Intelligence (AI) for livestock auditing.

Wool | Wūru

PGW Wool sources wool directly from its network of grower

customers. Bloch & Behrens Wool (NZ) Ltd (BBNZ) is a PGW

subsidiary company that procures this wool and arranges for it

to be scoured and exported primarily through logistics service

providers to worldwide processors, predominantly based in

Europe. In turn, these manufacturers make products which are

sold either directly or through retail outlets to end consumers.

BBNZ provides a transparent supply chain with most products

being able to be traced back to farm. The wool is produced to

strict assurance standards and BBNZ is a member of the Global

Organic Textile Standard, Ecolabel, Responsible Wool Standard,

New ZealandFarm Assurance Programme and PGW’s own Wool

Integrity™ brand.

Real Estate | Hokohoko Whenua

PGG Wrightson Real Estate Limited is a nation-wide non-

franchised real estate company assisting customers throughout

the country and across the globe to buy and sell New Zealand

property. The PGW Real Estate Team specialise in the purchase

and sale of farms, rural properties, lifestyle blocks and provincially

located residential homes and commercial buildings. The team

is responsible for around a quarter of all New Zealand’s farm

transactions and has over 150 licensed real estate salespeople.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 4

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

ABOUT THIS REPORT

Cattle grazing above Akaroa Harbour,

photographed by Nikki Adams for the

2025 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.

Rural SuppliesFruitfed SuppliesWater & Irrigation

Agritrade

LivestockWoolReal Estate

Nga Tupapa o to tatou Pakihi
The foundations of our business

The most fundamental of our theories is tikanga (protocols, values,

priorities and ways of doing business). Our values and the actions behind

them set us apart from other businesses, particularly those that operate

solely to produce a profit. We focus on relationships and working in

partnership with our clients for repeat business spanning generations

rather than merely having transactional connection.

Our values can be described using the example of a whare (house):

Papatūānuku: Everything rests on

the Papatūānuku (earth).

Matauranga Māori: Māori

knowledge draws on knowledge

systems such as whakapapa

(genealogy), tikanga Māori (Māori

protocols), manaaki (hospitality and

consideration), taonga tuku iho

Māori (treasured arts and heritage).

All situations where Māori concepts,

values, themes, or perspectives are

apparent.

Rangatiratanga: Self-determination,

ownership, control.

Manaakitanga: Hospitality, generosity,

care, and giving.

Kotahitanga: Māori unity and shared

sense of belonging; working together

with passion and energy.

Kaitiakitanga: Guardianship and

protection of our natural resources.

United Nations Sustainable Development Goals | Ngā Whāinga Whanaketanga Toitū a te Kotahitanga o Ngā Iwi o te Ao

The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are a collection of 17 interlinked objectives designed to serve as a blueprint for peace and prosperity for

people and the planet.

PGW has mapped all the SDGs against the PGW Group Strategy, the sustainability-related material topics and broader business activities. PGW identified the following

SDGs as the most material to our operations, including outlining where PGW contributes to the goals, specifically at a target level. Specific SDG targets are referenced

below, which refer to explicit targets which are available in detail on the United Nations Sustainable Development website.

SDGPGW Contributions

Zero Hunger

PGW sells products and provides technical expertise that improves agricultural productivity (Target 2.3), resilience of agricultural systems

(Target 2.4) and promotes genetic diversity (Target 2.5) of agricultural and horticultural operations in New Zealand.

Good Health and

Well-being

PGW is a large employer in New Zealand, and our retail stores are often significant local employers within the rural communities where we

operate. PGW supports and promotes good health (Target 3.8) and wellbeing (Target 3.4) within communities in which we operate through

staff health and wellbeing programmes and the promotion of key sponsorships, partnerships and community groups.

Gender Equality

PGW understands that the future workforce of our business will change as the communities in which we operate change. PGW embraces a

more diverse and gender-balanced workforce, PGW is supporting this through a series of target actions to promote the full participation of

women in decision making and leadership (Target 5.5).

Decent Work and

Economic Growth

Due to the size and scale of PGW’s operations in New Zealand, the business contributes significantly to economic productivity (Target 8.2), full

employment, equal pay (Target 8.5), protection of labour rights, supports safe working environments (Target 8.8) and the removal of modern

slavery from our supply chains (Target 8.7). The contributions to decent work and economic growth are inherent in how PGW conducts its

business operations and is demonstrated regularly through annual reporting.

Industry, Innovation

and Infrastructure

PGW supports research and development within the sector (Target 9.5) conducting over 50 product trials a year. The PGW Technical Team and

representative workforce offers technical expertise to customers to improve resource efficiency and the adoption of environmentally sound

practices (Target 9.4).

Responsible

Consumption

and Production

PGW (in partnership with organisations such as AgRecovery and Plasback) aims to reduce the volumes of waste generated and improve

diversion rates of our customers (Target 12.5). PGW also encourages those in our upstream and downstream supply chains to adopt

sustainable practices and reporting (Target 12.6).

Climate Action

PGW has undertaken a comprehensive climate risk assessment to improve the resilience and adaptive capacity of the organisation to respond

to a changing climate (Target 13.1). PGW is working towards an operational GHG emissions target and reporting annually on reductions

achieved (Target 13.2) and is raising awareness through actions and reporting (Target 13.3).

Life on Land

PGW partners with A Lighter Touch and promotes the use of biological products, as well as supports research and development to reduce the

degradation of natural habitats (Target 15.5). PGW is also a retailer of pest control products and herbicides to reduce the impacts of invasive

species (Target 15.8).

Partnerships for

the Goals

PGW has strong partnerships with key suppliers and is a member of a number of agricultural and horticultural sector bodies (Target 17.16),

encouraging strong public-private partnerships (Target 17.17).

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 5

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

ABOUT THIS REPORT

Stakeholder Engagement | Te Whai Wāhitanga o te Hunga Whaipānga
PGW takes the following approach to stakeholder engagement:

StakeholderWhy they are importantWays we engageKey issues

Employees

PGW has over 1,800 staff and we recognise that the best outcomes

are achieved when we focus on our people. We use a range of

approaches to engage with our employees who are distributed

across New Zealand.


Emails


Intranet updates


CEO updat

es


F

ace-to-face meetings


Phone calls and messages


Team meetings

Health, safety and wellbeing

Financial Performance & Strategic Direction

Training and Development

Sustainability

Customers

As a large agricultural and horticultural supplies business, our

customers are a key part of our value chain. PGW must ensure the

goods and services provided continually meet and exceed the

needs of our customers.

Day to day interactions through the course of business

Customer perceptions research

Retail sales data


V

alue-for-money offering


R

ange of products


Technical advice and expertise

Suppliers

Supplier relationships are critical to ensure high quality products

continue to reach our stores in the quantities and timeliness as

needed by our customers.

Supplier meetings

Conferences

Category management meetings

Perform product trials and research.


Cost pressures


Sustainability in the supply chain

Shareholders

Shareholders are the owners of the company; they have invested

capital and have a high level of interest in PGW’s operations and

performance.

Annual Report

Annual Shareholders Meetings

NZX Announcements

NZX market announcements and website updates


Governance


Financial results

Reporting

Communities

We aim to make a positive and meaningful contribution to the

communities in which we operate. Our people are key members

of their rural communities, our stores provide essential supplies for

rural life and we are known as a respected employer. PGW seeks to

go beyond day-to-day business interactions and supports a range

of community organisations, sponsors rural events and initiatives. It

is critical PGW maintains the trust of these communities to ensure

we are provided a social licence to operate.


Provision of essential goods and services


M

edia releases


F

undraising, sponsorship and donations


Rural e

vents

Customer

interactions


Community relationships

Environmental health


Company involvement and contribution


Recruitment and jobs

Iwi

PGW plays an important role in ensuring ahuwhenua (industrious

cultivation of land) principles are upheld. This is through

engagement with industry stakeholders and strongly representing

Māori agribusiness through business relationships, guided by

tikanga (Māori societal lore) and the focus on building enduring

whanaungatanga (relationships) to tautoko (support) and hautū

(guide) our Māori agribusiness customers.


Dedicated Māori Agribusiness Team


M

āori agribusiness hīkoi

Sponsorship of the Ahuwhenua Trophy


R

epresent Māori agribusiness with industry stakeholders


Farming practices


Technical knowledge and skills transfer


Land management practices


Value-for-money offering


R

ange of products

Industry,

partnerships and

memberships

PGW understands the importance of supporting people and the

markets in which we operate. These provide opportunities to share

and progress ideas. PGW also provides expert knowledge, advice

and support to achieve industry objectives. Information on these

memberships can be found under ‘Memberships and Associations’.


Active participation in industry advisory panels


Co-sponsor industry conferences


Membership and associations


S

cholarships


Development of market opportunities for

products


Support to governmental bodies and

industry groups


Representation in government policy

development

Memberships and Associations | Ngā Mematanga me ngā Hononga

PGW recognises the importance of active contributions to the industries where we participate.

Industry memberships and associations are important to ensure the best interests of the

participants are represented, to encourage market growth, foster talent, collaborate, and

support technical innovations. PGW is currently a member or associated with the following

entities:

A Lighter Touch

AgRecovery

Animal & Plant Health New Zealand

Business Leaders Health and Safety

Forum

Campaign for Wool

Deer Industry of New Zealand

International Wool Textile Organisation

National Council of New Zealand Wool

Interests

New Zealand Association of Accredited

Employers

New Zealand Council of Wool Exporters

New Zealand Elk and Wapiti Society

New Zealand Farm Assurance Programme

(Wool Member)

New Zealand Institute of Directors

New Zealand Institute of Safety

Management

New Zealand Stock & Station Association

New Zealand Wool Brokers Association

Plasback

Real Estate Institute of New Zealand

Safer Farms

Wool Research Organisation of

New Zealand

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 6

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

ABOUT THIS REPORT

Statement from the Directors | Tauākī a ngā Whakataka
At PGW, we recognise that our role in advancing sustainability across New Zealand’s agricultural and

horticultural sectors is becoming increasingly vital. As a long-standing partner to farmers and growers,

we are committed to supporting improved production efficiency, lowering operational emissions, and

helping our customers adapt to a changing climate.

The preparation of our Sustainability Report and Climate Statement over the past year has deepened

our understanding of climate-related risks and opportunities. This year also marks a significant

milestone with the release of PGW’s Climate Transition Plan, outlining our strategic approach to

managing climate-related risks within the macroeconomic context, the influence of land use change

on our business and aligning with a lower-emissions future. The plan sets out clear actions, priorities,

and timeframes to guide our internal progress and influence change across the value chain.

We are proud to release this Report alongside our Annual Report, reflecting our commitment to

transparency and our continued progress on the sustainability journey. PGW remains focused on

delivering practical, evidence-based action while supporting the sector’s transition through strong

partnerships and informed leadership.

Garry Moore

Chair and Independent Director

16 September 2025

Sarah Brown

Deputy Chair and Independent Director

16 September 2025

Statement from the Chief Executive Officer | Tauākī a te Tumu Whakahaere

PGW is pleased to present our second standalone Sustainability Report and Climate Statement. While

this is our second time publishing a dedicated report, it marks our fourth year of formally reporting

on sustainability. This year’s Report builds on the foundations laid in our inaugural publication and

reflects on the continued progress, challenges, and learning from the past 12 months. PGW has

reaffirmed sustainability as a group strategic priority with the newly released Group Strategy for the

business in early 2025. PGW continues to embed ESG practices into our operations and decision

making processes.

As a business deeply connected to the land and to those who work it, we continue to see firsthand

the impacts of climate change – both on our customers and within our own operations. We

acknowledge that these impacts will likely intensify, and that it is essential we prepare accordingly to

remain resilient, relevant, and capable of supporting our customers through change.

This year, we are proud to release PGW’s Climate Transition Plan, setting out a clear and practical

pathway to address the climate-related risks and opportunities facing our business and the primary

sector. The plan reinforces our customer-first approach – focusing on how PGW can continue to

enable farmers and growers to succeed in a lower-emissions future. It also highlights the steps we are

taking internally to reduce our footprint and align with emerging regulatory and market expectations.

This Sustainability Report and Climate Statement, prepared in accordance with the GRI Standards,

provides an open and transparent view of our journey so far. It captures the actions we have taken,

the challenges we continue to work through, and our commitment to supporting New Zealand’s

transition toward a more sustainable and climate-resilient economy.

Stephen Guerin

Chief Executive Officer

16 September 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 7

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

ABOUT THIS REPORT

Governance | Mana Whakahaere
The role an entity’s governance body plays in overseeing climate-related

risks and climate-related opportunities, and the role management plays in

assessing and managing those climate-related risks and opportunities.

PGW governance is set out in the PGW Constitution and

Corporate Governance and Board Charter, which comply

with the principles of the NZX Listing Rules and Corporate

Governance Code (31 January 2025).

The PGW Board of Directors is responsible for the overall

governance of the organisation, including oversight of

climate-related risks and opportunities, the implementation

of a risk management framework and ultimate accountability

for all risks. The composition of the Board is set by PGW’s

Board Charter and the Board is structured so each director

brings a range of specialist skills, backgrounds and

experience. Each director has expertise that is relevant to

PGW’s operations and aligns to our strategic goals. PGW

publishes a Board Skills Matrix each year in the Annual Report

which considers ‘sustainability’ as a key competency.

The Chief Executive Officer is the primary officer responsible

for reporting to the Board on operational matters, this can

include communication of day-to-day activities, critical

concerns, advancing the collective knowledge, skills and

experience on sustainable development, or impacts on

economy, environment and people. Recording of these

matters is contained within the minutes of the PGW Board

meetings.

Ultimately PGW’s shareholders are responsible for evaluating

the performance of the PGW Board through the director

elections at the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting (ASM)

conducted every year. Minutes of the ASM are available at

www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Investor Centre > Annual

Shareholders’ Meeting.

In overseeing climate-related risks and opportunities the

Board meets at least six times a year, providing strategic

direction to PGW. A key strategic tool assisting in responsible

climate-related governance is the PGW Strategic Risk Register,

which covers risks including:

Climate Change


Social Licence to Operate

Environmental Health and Animal Welfare.

The specific risk around climate change identifies the risks

and opportunities arising from changes to the climate,

extreme weather events, or adjusting to a low carbon

economy.

PGW defines strategic risks as those that have the potential

to have the largest impact the business performance. Risk

registers are updated at least every six months by local

subject matter experts within the business, with PGW’s

Climate-Related Risk and Opportunity Register reviewed

by the Sustainability Committee. All risks (including

climate-related risks and opportunities) are considered

when decisions are made around the development and

implementation of the PGW Group Strategy.

The Board sets, monitors and oversees the achievement

of sustainability objectives and targets (including those

associated climate-related matters). Sustainability objectives

and targets are set based on the direction outlined in the

PGW Sustainability Strategy. PGW annual reporting includes

disclosures aligned to the GRI Standards and reporting

against existing objectives and targets from the Sustainability

Strategy. Currently there are no climate related performance

metrics incorporated into remuneration reviews.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

I sea ewe, photographed by Peter Gimson

for the 2024 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.

Straight down the line, photographed by Dan Mickleson

for the 2025 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.

Climate

|

Āhuarangi

PAGE 8

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

Risk and Compliance
Committee

Responsibilities

Responsibilities

Executive Leadership

Team

Sustainability

Committee

Audit Committee

Governance Committees

Management Committees

PGG Wrightson Board

There are four groups that assist the PGW Board in managing

climate-related matters, these are identified below, alongside the

frequency of meetings.

PGW Governance GroupFrequency of Meeting

PGW Board of DirectorsOnce every two months

Audit CommitteeQuarterly

Executive Leadership TeamMonthly

Risk and Compliance CommitteeQuarterly

Sustainability CommitteeQuarterly

The Audit Committee assists the Board in discharging its oversight

responsibilities, ensuring the overall effectiveness of PGW’s internal

controls and risk management system. The Audit Committee

reviews the strategic risks (including climate-related risks) on

a regular basis and ensures that management has appropriate

processes for identifying, assessing and responding to risks in a

manner that is in accordance with the business risk appetite.

The Executive Leadership Team oversees the implementation of

the risk treatments across all business units and has responsibility

for day-to-day operations – this includes financial allocation and

Strategy | Rautaki

How climate change is currently impacting an entity and how it may do so in the

future. This includes the scenario analysis an entity has undertaken, the climate-

related risks and opportunities an entity has identified, the anticipated impacts and

financial impacts of these, and how an entity will position itself as the global and

domestic economy transitions towards a low-emissions, climate-resilient future.

Climate change is an issue of double materiality for PGW, meaning PGW both contributes to the issue, but is also impacted by the issue.

PGW has impacts on climate change, directly through the greenhouse gas emissions emitted from operations and indirectly through

actions in the value chain from suppliers through to customers. PGW is also impacted by climate change through effects currently

experienced by the business and the consequent risks and opportunities that may arise into the future.

Climate change has physical and transition risks to the business. A description of these impacts is described below.

Physical risks are risks arising as a result of chronic changes to

the climate such as rising sea levels and warming temperatures, in

addition to acute and extreme weather events such as droughts

and flooding. The most significant physical risks to the agricultural

sector are:

Inability for existing practices to maintain productivity and

output

Increased volatility in production and reduced ability to get

product to market

Increases in pests and diseases

Increased water stress and lack of water security.

Transition risks are risks arising from the process of adjusting

to a low carbon economy or adapting to the impacts of climate

change. The most significant transition risks to the agricultural

sector are:

Inability for the sector to develop a whole system approach to

build resilience for effective adaptation

Inability for the sector to keep up with the rate of global

technological change

Loss of identity and degradation of mauri (life force or

essence) for rural communities and agricultural sector

operators

Policy becomes misaligned with the needs of the sector and

how it operates

Inability to maintain public acceptance to access and/or

operate in key markets

Failure to understand and meet changing consumer

preferences in the market.

Approval of the Sustainability Strategy

and accountability for all risks

company wide.

Oversight of the implementation

of Sustainability Strategy and the

sustainability, ESG and climate-related

risk treatments.

Oversight of the effectiveness of the risk

management system.

Oversight of sustainability, ESG and

climate-related risks.

Drive implementation of the

Sustainability Strategy and provide

recommendations on sustainability,

ESG and climate-related risks.

activities that contribute to achieving the objectives and targets

outlined in the PGW Sustainability Strategy. Membership

consists of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer

and General Managers for each business unit and functional

area.

The Risk and Compliance Committee is responsible for the

review of risk registers, including identification of new and

emerging risks, future risk strategies, changes in risk profiles as

well as oversight that key risk treatments are being delivered.

The Risk and Compliance Committee receives and considers

updates to the climate-related risks from subject matter experts

within the business.

The Sustainability Committee is a cross functional

committee led by the Sustainability Manager that drives the

implementation of the PGW Sustainability Strategy across the

business, reviews the climate-related risks and opportunities

register, reviews external sustainability disclosures, as well as any

material ESG matters requiring consideration. The Sustainability

Manager is responsible for presenting recommendations

and decisions of climate-related matters to all applicable

governance structures within the business. Climate-related

matters are communicated from management to the PGW

Board on a six-monthly basis.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 9

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

CLIMATE

Reference: Aotearoa Circle, 2023. Agriculture Sector Climate Change Scenarios
Scenario Analysis

PGW has undertaken comprehensive climate scenario analysis based on the Agriculture Sector Climate Change Scenarios developed

by the sector and led by The Aotearoa Circle. PGW was a participant in the work to develop these scenarios, with PGW staff attending a

number of sector-based scenario workshops hosted by The Aotearoa Circle.

The three scenarios are shown below:

PGW undertook a series of qualitative internal workshops to

identify the impacts from the climate scenarios. Each workshop

involved key leadership staff across all PGW business units and

functions including: Retail and Water, Agritrade, Livestock, Wool,

Real Estate, Corporate Affairs and People and Safety.

PGW detailed the expected climate change risks and

opportunities over the short, medium and long-term using the

following timeframes:

Short-term is defined as within the next 0-20 years

Medium-term is defined as within the next 20-70 years

Long-term is defined as the next 70 plus years.

The timeframes associated with climate change risks and

opportunities are longer than the internal timeframes used when

assessing broader risks to the organisation. The reason for the

longer timeframes is to account for the timeframes typically used

in global climate modelling and climate scenarios. Timeframes

considered for strategic business planning and capital

deployment are often shorter due to the shorter-term nature

economic condition variations experienced by businesses.

Specific attention was given to the agricultural impacts

highlighted in the sector-based scenarios around dairy herd,

livestock herd, horticultural and arable land area, exotic forestry

and native forestry. The scenarios were analysed within the

context of PGW operations, existing strategic goals, key markets

and operational environments. PGW also held individual

interviews with key staff that have roles that directly impacted

by, or have influence over, PGW’s ability to build respond to a

changing climate.

PGW summarised the workshop and interview outcomes to

ensure the most material business risks and opportunities were

detailed. Climate-related risks and opportunities are considered

by the Executive Leadership Team and the Board on a regular

basis, allowing for informed decision making when capital

deployment and other funding decisions are considered. Any risk

treatments for climate-related risks are considered based on a

cost-benefit basis to bring the risk rating to a residual level that is

acceptable to the business.

Orderly

|

Tū-ā-pae

(stance in order, step in succession)

Tū-ā-pae represents a world

defined by a smooth transition

to net zero CO2 by 2050. Global

warming is limited to 1.5°C

through stringent climate policies

and innovation.

Tū-ā-pae assumes climate policies

are introduced immediately and

become gradually more stringent

as 2050 looms. Both physical

and transition risks are relatively

subdued. Achieving net zero

by 2050 reflects an ambitious

mitigation scenario.

Disorderly

|

Tū-ā-hopo

(misstep)

Tū-ā-hopo represents a world with

little policy action until after 2030

after which strong, rapid action is

implemented to limit warming to 2°C.

In Tū-ā-hopo, countries and territories

use fossil-fuel heavy policies to

recover from Covid-19, so emissions

increase, and nationally determined

contributions are not met.

It is only after 2030 that new climate

change policies are introduced, but

not all countries take equal action.

Consequently, physical and transition

risks are higher. This is a costly and

disruptive transition.

Hot house

|

Tū-ā-tapepe

(faltered step, to fall)

Tū-ā-tapape scenario describes a

world in which emissions continue

to rise unabated as no additional

climate policies are introduced.

Fossil fuel use continues to

increase, and so global CO2

emissions continue to rise and

warming is expected to reach 3°C

higher by 2080.

The physical impact of climate

change is severe. There are

irreversible changes such as

ice sheet loss and sea level rise.

Adapting to climate change has

become the priority.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 10

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

CLIMATE

Down the line, photographed by Jessie Philip

for the 2025 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.

Climate-Related Impacts | Ngā Pānga Hāngai Āhuarangi
PGW has experienced the following climate-related impacts in recent years:

ImpactTypeDescriptionFinancial Impact

Weather Impacts

Physical (Acute)PGW has experienced the disruption of significant weather events believed to be linked to

climate change, with a recent notable example being Cyclone Gabrielle in February 2023. The

largest impacts from the cyclone were realised by our customers in the region, who suffered

substantial losses and a recovery that is still underway in 2025 and will continue for years to come.

For PGW this resulted in the implementation of the PGW National Response Group to coordinate

the business response. PGW supported impacted staff through supporting leave guidelines, a

material quantity of bale wool was lost (largely covered by insurance) and some PGW retail stores

experienced localised flooding. As a supplier of goods to rural New Zealand, PGW was called

upon to source supplies during recovery efforts, this included fencing, water tanks and piping.

In June 2025 we have seen severe wet weather impact the Tasman, Nelson and Marlborough

Districts which led to a state of emergency being declared. Again, this has had a major impact

on our farming and horticultural customers in the region and has been described by the Nelson

Tasman Civil Defence as the worst flooding in the region for 150 years.

Nil – On balance.

It is difficult to quantify the financial impacts associated with weather events for PGW. The acute

nature of the impacts vary significantly depending on the events. In estimating the financial impact

from recent weather events, PGW’s short term revenues from a very specific region are likely to be

impaired, but this is likely to be reversed (and in some cases exceeded) through increased retail

sales during post-event recovery activities.

Land Use Change

(To Horticulture)

Physical

(Chronic) /

Transitional

PGW understands the region-specific land use change trends from agricultural activities towards

horticultural activities. Over a number of years PGW has realised a shift in revenue growth towards

the Fruitfed Supplies business unit, as horticultural activities expand, resulting in a greater

demand for associated goods and services.

Fruitfed Supplies is the horticultural service and supply division of PGW, with stores located

in New Zealand’s major horticultural regions. The store network is complemented by over 50

Technical Horticultural Representatives who work with growers across New Zealand.

Not feasible to calculate – Net positive.

PGW is likely to see a net positive financial impact as horticultural operations typically require higher

inputs on a square meter basis, compared to agricultural activities.

It is not feasible to quantify the financial impact associated with land use change to horticulture, as

there are a multiple complex interacting factors.

Land Use Change

(To Forestry)

Physical

(Chronic) /

Transitional

Land use change from agricultural activities towards forestry (farm-to-forestry conversions)

impacts all business units across PGW. Forestry conversions represent a reduction in future retail

revenues for the business as less inputs are typically required. The Livestock and Wool business

units see a reduced demand for agency services from the reduction (or removal) of animals from

the land. The PGW Real Estate teams are likely to see a decrease to transactions as land used for

forestry is held for longer periods of time aligning with rotation lengths.

Farm-to-forestry conversions are driven by enabling legislative framework, which has seen a

number of changes in recent years – causing significant variations in the scale and speed of this

change in land use.

Not feasible to calculate – Net negative.

PGW is likely to see a net negative financial impact as forestry typically requires little inputs on a

square meter basis, compared to agricultural activities.

It is not feasible to quantify the financial impact associated with land use change to forestry, as

there are a multiple complex interacting factors.

Recent Updates to the Climate-Related

Risks and Opportunities Register

In FY25 PGW reviewed its existing climate-

related impacts, making a number of changes

for clarity. The key changes were the removal

of the Emissions Trading Scheme (ETS) as a

current impact, previous disclosures focused

on PGW’s reporting obligations as a nitrogen

fertiliser importer. While still an importer,

PGW re-assessed the materiality of this risk

as no material costs were being realised. A

further decision was made to separate out the

previous ‘Land Use Change ‘ impact to specific

horticulture and forestry land use change

impacts. Splitting of land use change trends

into the two areas allows PGW to demonstrate

the impacts these specific changes are having

on its business units in more detail and be

more explicit about the growth of horticultural

activities being net positive and the growth in

forestry activities being net negative.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 11

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

CLIMATE

Climate-Related Risks
TopicTypeMagnitudeTime HorizonDescription

Land Use Change

(To Forestry)

Physical (Chronic) /

Transitional

ExtremeMedium-termLand-use change from agricultural and horticultural land to forestry, driven by both physical impacts (acute and chronic climate-related weather events), as well as transitional impacts (policy changes and consumer trends) are

expected to continue over the medium-term. Land-use change towards forestry presents a risk to PGW, due to the proportional business income PGW derives from agricultural and horticultural customers compared to forestry

customers.

Land use change from agricultural land to forestry has significant implications for PGW. Direct impacts are seen in the reduction in transaction volumes for livestock sales and wool, as well as a significant reduction in retail

inputs. This represents a permanent loss of business and reduction to the overall size of the market to PGW.

Market consolidation may occur in market segments impacted by land use change. As PGW is a diversified business, market consolidation may present as an opportunity for PGW to increase market share within a sector..

Supply Chain

Impacts

Physical (Acute

and Chronic)

ModerateMedium-termAs PGW derives a significant proportion of its revenue from retail operations, any changes to the supply chain can have a large impact to the overall business. New Zealand is already seen as one of the riskiest insurance markets

globally due to weather events and seismic activity. But as extreme weather events increase in frequency and intensity, it is expected there would be commensurate increases to insurance costs to cover the anticipated loss

profile.

Supply chain transport costs are expected to see increases in the medium-term as externalities are added in, such as carbon pricing on fuels (alongside fluctuations resulting from geo-political events impacting oil prices). As

well as impacts from weather events causing damage to road and ports being passed on through freight charges.

As extreme weather events increase in frequency and intensity, it is expected that these events could disrupt supply chains. Impacts have the potential to occur in supplier manufacturing facilities (including their inputs)

or transportation/logistics routes (land, sea and air). Supply chain disruptions could impact the availability of product across New Zealand. The availability of the product lead can lead to customer operational impacts and

subsequently customer profitability, their ability to spend and may impair revenue forecasts for PGW.

Any impacts (or potential impact) to the supply chain have the ability to increase input costs. Increased input costs present as a risk to PGW, as costs are likely to be passed through to the customer and may result in a reduced

sales volumes.

Staff Recruitment

and Retention

TransitionMinorMedium-termAs the impacts from climate change are being directly realised at an individual business unit level, areas experiencing reduced profitability and reduced operational activities may have flow on effects for staff motivation and

morale. It is expected that these impacts could result in short-term staff retention issues as staff may look to move industry, causing a loss of knowledge which may impact PGW’s provision of services in the short-term.

Staff recruitment may also become an issue as in-demand skills will be highly sought after, creating a highly competitive environment for talent acquisition. PGW will need to continue to differentiate its employee value

proposition to attract highly skilled staff going forward.

Market consolidation activities may occur within sectors impacted by climate change and land use change. As PGW is a diversified business, market consolidation may present as an opportunity for PGW to increase market share

within a sector – this could bring with it a rapidly changing staff profile.

Pests and Diseases

Physical (Chronic)MinorMedium-termThe prevalence of pests and diseases across New Zealand is expected to increase as climate conditions change. Changing climates may allow new and unique pests to establish suitable habitats in New Zealand. Increases to

pest and disease burden may have a detrimental impact on the economic activity across PGW’s agricultural and horticultural customer base.

As the prevalence of pests and diseases increases, so too does the potential for resistance to existing control measures. If pests or diseases become endemic, they have the potential to drastically change market dynamics,

eroding the profitability of entire sub-sectors, or causing prolonged economic impairment. If medium to long-term customer profitability were to be impaired, this will result in impairment to PGW revenue streams as customers

reduce spend.

Water Scarcity

Physical (Acute

and Chronic)

ModerateMedium-termClimate change is expected to impact rainfall patterns across New Zealand. With the following projected impacts (Ministry for the Environment 2018. Climate Change Projections for New Zealand):

Annual pattern of increases in west and south of New Zealand and decreases in north and east

More dry days throughout North Island, and in inland South Island

I ncreased extreme daily rainfalls, especially where mean rainfall increases.

This substantial variation in projected rainfall patterns is likely to stress water catchments, putting pressure on regulatory bodies to address extraction licences and resource consenting. Uncertainty on extraction licences or

resource consents may impact PGW customers and their ability to derive income from farming and growing operations, in turn impairing PGW revenue streams.

Primary Sector

Emissions

Efficiency

TransitionModerateShort-termAs climate change regulation changes, there is potential that both PGW and customers within the agricultural and horticultural sectors will likely be exposed to greater levels of regulation associated with GHGs emissions. The

key areas are likely to be the ETS and broader environmental regulation. As the regulatory environment changes this may impair PGW’s revenue, through impacts to customer cashflow and ability to spend.

Emissions efficiency and environmental performance requirements may also be led by the customer as well, setting standards within their terms of trade (such as Nestlé driving GHG through their value chain influencing

Fonterra and ultimately on-farm activities). Customer-led requirements have the potential to add cost impacts to PGW customers and may impair PGW revenue streams unless the costs are passed to the end consumer.

PGW is unable to disclose quantitative information in relation to the climate-related risks due to the complex, interconnected nature of the modelling required and the legislative reporting timeframes.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 12

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

CLIMATE

Climate-Related Opportunities
TopicTypeMagnitudeTime HorizonDescription

Land Use Change

(to Horticulture)

Physical

(Chronic) /

Transitional

ExtremeMedium-

term

Land-use change to horticultural production represents an opportunity

to PGW. As growing regions change across New Zealand, primarily as a

result of changes in climate, the viability of specific crops may expand

beyond traditional regions and new crops may enter the New Zealand

market.

Future changes are expected to be an extension of the already

observed changes to horticultural crops such as kiwifruit (+26%), apples

(+14%) and avocados (+33%) observed from 2017 to 2022 (Agricultural

Production Statistics 2023, Stats NZ).

PGW is well positioned to address this opportunity through the existing

Fruitfed Services business unit, utilising this existing channel to provide

product and service offerings to meet future customer demand. The

horticultural growth opportunity may also be augmented by the

changing consumer trends regarding lower chemical use, reduced

carbon footprint and supply chain provenance.

PGW will need to continue to meet it’s customer needs through the

importation and availability of appropriate products, supply chain

transparency and reduced emissions.

Market consolidation may occur in market segments impacted by land

use change. As PGW is a diversified business, market consolidation may

present as an opportunity for it to increase market share within a sector.

Pest and Disease

Control

Physical

(Chronic)

MinorMedium-

term

It is expected that the prevalence of pests and diseases across New

Zealand will increase as climate conditions change. Pest and disease

burden is likely to have a detrimental impact on the economic activity

across the PGW agricultural and horticultural customer base over the

medium-term.

As the success of PGW is closely tied to the success of its customers,

there is an aligned incentive to assist customers with the control

of emerging pests and diseases. The provision of pest and disease

control and advice will likely present an economic opportunity for

PGW through the sale of the products and services to customers. Such

opportunities could include the expansion of crop monitoring services

within Fruitfed Supplies, the importation and sale of new and unique

agri-chemical solutions and drench options (among other solutions).

Primary Sector

Emissions

Solutions

TransitionModerateShort-termAs regulatory and business pressure increases for farmers and growers

to reduce GHG emissions, the demand for services to assist with this

is likely to increase. Examples of the solutions which may result in

commercialisation in the years ahead include methane inhibiting

boluses, anti-methanogen, anti-acidosis or anti-urease vaccines, crop

substitutions, feed supplements, and in-feed or in-water treatments.

As a trusted supplier to the agricultural sector, PGW is well placed to

provide technical advice and sell the emissions reduction solutions

directly to farmers and growers.

PGW is unable to disclose quantitative information in relation to the climate-related opportunities due to the complex, interconnected nature of the modelling required

and the legislative reporting timeframes.

PGW Group Strategy | Rautaki Rōpū a PGW

PGW is a market-leading, full service agricultural and

horticultural supplies and services business operating

across the supply chain throughout New Zealand.

PGW is guided by its purpose and vision, it showcases

the reason we exist and the impact we want to have

on our customers in New Zealand.

In FY25, PGW undertook a reset of the Group Strategy

for the next three-year time horizon. The new strategy

Collective Strength, is built on our long-standing

commitment to delivering the best outcomes for New Zealand’s farmers and growers. By anchoring on the collective strength of our diverse businesses and

committing to new product and service innovations, we will add another chapter to our proud heritage. PGW’s Group Strategy drives quality growth for the

business, while continuing to deliver on the needs of our customers, differentiated offering, and strengthening our position as the market leader.

PGW’s Board owns the Group Strategy and each business unit and its leaders are responsible for driving it and are collectively responsible for its delivery. The

purpose of the PGW Group Strategy is to provide clarity and direction around common themes and areas of focus that we are collectively working towards.

The Group Strategic Priorities record our Group level areas of focus, and then these priorities are layered in more detail in the Business Units and Corporate

Functions. All priorities have specific measurable objectives, and progress is monitored over time.

Sustainability is a Group Strategic Priority for PGW, providing direction to ‘embed environmental, social, and governance practices across PGW operations and

value chains for long-term resilience and social responsibility.’

Our Vision | Tā Mātou Tūruapō

EMPOWERED FARMERS AND GROWERS

FOR GENERATIONS TO COME.

Kia ihumanea ngā kaipāmu me ngā kaitipu

mō ngā reanga e ara mai ana.

Our Purpose | Tā Mātou Kaupapa

HELPING FARMERS AND GROWERS SUCCEED

WITH EXPERT KNOWLEDGE AND CONFIDENCE.

He āwhina i ngā kaipāmu me ngā kaitipu kia angitu

mā ngā mōhiotanga mātanga me te ngākau titikaha.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 13

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

CLIMATE

Our Group Strategic Priorities

BUSINESS UNITS

• Rural Supplies

• Fruitfed Supplies

• Water

• Agritrade

• Livestock

• Wool

• Real Estate

BUSINESS FUNCTIONS

• Regional

• Information Technology

• People & Safety

• Marketing

• Procurement & Property

• Finance

• Corporate Aff airs

• Māori Agribusiness

Our Purpose | Tā Mātou Kaupapa

HELPING FARMERS AND GROWERS SUCCEED WITH

EXPERT KNOWLEDGE AND CONFIDENCE.

He āwhina i ngā kaipāmu me ngā kaitipu kia angitu mā

ngā mōhiotanga mātanga me te ngākau titikaha.

Our Values | Tā Mātau Uara

Our Vision | Tā Mātou Tūruapō

EMPOWERED FARMERS AND GROWERS FOR

GENERATIONS TO COME.

Kia ihumanea ngā kaipāmu me ngā kaitipu mō ngā

reanga e ara mai ana.

Harness PGW’s

collective reach,

relationships,

and systems to

strategically grow

the business and

market share.

Identify and o er

innovative solutions

that utilise science

and systems,

supporting farmers

and growers to reach

their goals.

Draw on our heritage,

reach, technical

expertise, customer

relationships, and

scale as a source

of competitive

advantage.

Develop the technical

expertise of our

people, anticipate the

requirements of our

future workforce, and

keep our team safe

and well.

Leverage Our

Collective Reach

Customer Focused

Innovation

Diff erentiated

Off ering

Invest in Our

People

SustainabilityPerformance

Measures

Embed environmental,

social and governance

practices across PGW

operations and value

chains for long-term

resilience and social

responsibility.

Monitor  nancial,

safety, and customer

experience KPIs,

analysing and

interpreting data to

improve business

outcomes.

Accountability

Te Papanga

Leadership

Te Hautūtanga

Integrity

Pono

Smarter

Kia koi ake

Teamwork

Te Mahi Tahi

Sustainability Strategy | Te Rautaki mō te Toitūtanga
In May 2023, the PGW Board approved PGW’s Sustainability Strategy (Te Rautaki mō e Toitūtanga). Our

Sustainability Strategy addresses three pillars – focusing on stewardship of our environment, support of our

people and communities, and excellence in corporate citizenship. The strategy was developed with input from

across the business, addressing the sustainability issues that are the most material to our stakeholders and

business objectives.

PGW has a number of explicit key performance indicators within the Sustainability Strategy, including:

Reducing operational (scope 1 & 2) emissions by 30% by FY30 from a FY21 baseline

Annually disclose comprehensive scope 3 emissions inventory, including calculation methodologies and set

targets (expected to begin FY26)

Year-on-year reduction in Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR)

Annually report on the gender pay gap and develop strategic actions to drive improvement

Other targets include improved energy efficiency across PGW properties, improvements in vehicle fleet

efficiency, improved utilisation of recycling programmes, supply chain due diligence and transparency in

reporting.

The full version of the Sustainability Strategy is available on our website: www.pggwrightson.co.nz/sustainability

Climate Transition Plan | Mahere Whakawhiti Āhuarangi

As a listed company on the NZX, PGW operates under New Zealand’s climate-related disclosures legislation and

recognises its responsibility to mitigate climate impacts and adapt its business model. PGW intends to position

itself to ensure it can realise the opportunities from the expected climate transition in the domestic economy, but

also to ensure that it is both physically and financially resilient to the changes.

In FY25, PGW released its Climate Transition Plan (CTP) which outlines a strategic pathway to a low-emissions

future while maintaining business resilience within the changing rural landscape. The CTP outlines the context

in which PGW operates, including climate projections for New Zealand, macroeconomic factors, regulatory

influences and land use change trends.

The CTP restates PGW’s commitment to reducing operational emissions by 30% by FY30, from a FY21 baseline.

The CTP outlines the pathway to achieve this through vehicle fleet efficiency measures (including electric and

hybrid vehicles), implementing energy efficiency measures across our property portfolio, and continuing to source

renewable energy.

The CTP also places emphasis on innovation, acknowledging that the sector is shifting and the products and

services that PGW sells will continue to change – particularly noting livestock methane reduction solutions, digital

transformation and product and supply chain evolution. PGW has always worked with suppliers to bring new

products and services to market, then works in partnership with customers to deliver these solutions onto farm

and orchard.

The Sustainability Strategy, the CTP and PGW’s climate-related risks and opportunities register inform future capital

deployment and funding decision making processes. Business cases from across PGW Group must outline the

sustainability impacts on business operations. Specifically, how a project will contribute towards achieving PGW’s

sustainability objectives and targets and how it helps transition PGW to contribute to a low carbon economy.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 14

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

CLIMATE

Them Green Hills, photographed by Janine McIvor

for the 2025 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.

Risk Management | Whakahaere Mōrea
How an entity’s climate-related risks are identified, assessed, and managed and how

those processes are integrated into existing risk management processes.

PGW is committed to managing risk and fostering an environment

where staff take responsibility for managing risks. PGW applies

effective risk management into all aspects of business operations.

This includes the integration of risk management into PGW’s strategy,

procedures, projects, and decision making.

PGW takes a pragmatic approach to risk management, ensuring the

business response is in proportion to the size, nature, and complexity

of the risk. Risk management does not mean that all risks must be

eliminated but it helps PGW understand the level of risk embedded

in activities, the controls that are in place and the level of risk PGW is

willing to accept.

Risk management is the responsibility of every PGW employee,

as it impacts processes and decision-making at every level. The

PGW Board approves PGW’s risk management policy, including

risk acceptance, reporting systems and assurance. The Board also

understands the most significant risks to PGW and determines if they

are being managed appropriately. The Audit Committee (on behalf of

the Board) ensures management has appropriate processes in place

for managing risk.

Risks are proactively identified and managed by every PGW employee

as part of their day-to-day activities. Staff apply the appropriate

controls and monitor them regularly, in a manner that aligns with

PGW’s values. The Audit Committee re-assesses the Group’s risk profile

every six months, and the individual business unit risk registers are

reviewed within each business unit annually.

PGW risk assessment utilises the following risk matrix across impact and likelihood:

InsignificantMinorModerateMajorExtreme

Almost Certain

MediumHighHighVery HighVery High

Likely

MediumMediumHighVery HighVery High

Possible

LowMediumHighHighVery High

Unlikely

LowLowMediumHighHigh

Very Unlikely

LowLowMediumMediumHigh


RatingProbabilityDescription

Almost Certain

>90%Virtually guaranteed to occur

Likely

>70%Will probably occur or has been a common occurrence

Possible

>40%Could occur at some stage or there is some history of occurrence

Unlikely

>10%Could occur and little history of occurring in the past

Very Unlikely

<10%May occur only in exceptional circumstances

The impacts of risks are assessed across a range of types, including management effort, financial, people, reputational, legislative,

infrastructure, project delivery, customers and environmental.

For the purposes of assessing risk, PGW defines risk management time

horizons as follows:


Short-term is defined as occurring in the next 1-2 years.


Medium-term is defined as occurring in 3-5 years.


Long-term is defined as occurring in 5 years or more into

the future.

PGW applies the same processes for identifying, assessing, managing

and prioritising climate-related risks as all strategic risks. All parts of

the PGW value chain are included as part of the risk management

process.

PGW applies the eight core principles of the risk management

International Standard (ISO 31000:2018 Risk Management) and uses

these to underpin the risk management approach through value

creation and protection. The following diagram outlines the risk

management process from the ISO Standards:

The risk management process is broken into the following phases:

identification, likelihood, severity, treatments and acceptance.

Through this process a risk matrix is used to assess the risk, utilising

the likelihood and severity – both before and after risk treatments.

The level of authority to accept the risk is based on the risk level both

before and after the risk treatment.

Group level risks are documented in an internal risk register and

specific climate-related risks are identified alongside the strategic risks

for the business. It is acknowledged that the climate-related risks are

often cross-cutting and may compound the impacts of other risks.

The specific climate-related risks from the PGW Group Risk Register

are listed below:

RiskDescription

Climate Change

The risks and opportunities arising from changes to the climate, extreme weather events, or adjusting

to a low carbon economy.

Social Licence to Operate

If our policies, operational practices or reporting do not meet key stakeholder expectations, this could

result in a damage to the PGW brand or the loss of the social licence to operate.

Environmental Health and

Animal Welfare

The ability to respond to changes in legislation, ongoing compliance, and community expectations on

environmental and animal welfare matters.

Risk Assessment

ISO 31000 Risk Management Process

Scope, Context, Criteria

Risk Treatment

Risk Identification

Risk Analysis

Risk Evaluation

MONITORING & REVIEW

RECORDING & REPORTING

COMMUNICATION & CONSULTATION

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 15

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

CLIMATE

Metrics and Targets | Ngā Inenga me Ngā Ūnga
How an entity measures and manages its climate-related risks and opportunities.

Metrics and targets also provide a basis upon which primary users can compare

entities within a sector or industry.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions | Tukunga Haurehu Kati Mahana

PGW undertakes a comprehensive process to develop the greenhouse gas inventory which is detailed in the PGW GHG Disclosure Report,

including operational control assessments and calculation methodologies – available at pggwrightson.co.nz/sustainability

FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25

CategoryBusiness Activity

tCO2-etCO2-etCO2-etCO2-etCO2-e

Scope 1 – Direct Emissions

Stationary Combustion

Diesel used for heating 3629213531

Natural gas used for heating997910

Mobile Combustion

Diesel used in fleet vehicles6,9846,4876,6046,4775,945

Petrol used in fleet vehicles70667281140

LPG used in forklifts13113712510295

Fugitive Emissions

HFCs used in AC and refrigeration2122122127937

Scope 2 – Indirect Emissions

Imported Energy

Electricity Consumption (location based)623564372377500

Electricity Consumption (market based)62356420400

Total Direct and Indirect Emissions (location based)8,0657,5037,4137,1616,756

Total Direct and Indirect Emissions (market based)8,0657,5037,2456,7846,257

Change in total Emissions from FY21 (market based)--7.0%-10.2%-15.9%-22.4%

Emissions Intensity (tCO2-e/$1M NZD Revenue)9.507.877.427.416.41

PGW’s GHG inventory has been prepared following the GHG

Protocol and utilises operational control assessments as the primary

consolidation approach. Emissions factors and global warming

potentials are sourced from the most up to date Emissions Factors

Workbook published by the Ministry for the Environment, any

other sources referenced are included in the PGW GHG Disclosure

Report. The only exclusion for scope 1 & 2 emissions reporting is the

use of firewood for heating in properties, the exclusion is due data

availability and the application of the de minimis principle.

Oxygen Consulting Limited issued an unqualified limited assurance

opinion over the GHG emissions inventories for the year ended

30 June 2025, the full statement can be found in the PGW GHG

Disclosure Report 2025.

Emissions Reduction Target

PGW recognises the need to address our environmental impact

and has committed to reduce our operational (scope 1 & 2) GHG

emissions profile by 30% by FY30, based on a FY21 baseline.

Interim tracking of this target is based on a linear trajectory. The

target applies to PGW’s scope 1 & 2 emissions and is an absolute

target.

In FY25, PGW recorded a 22.4% reduction in GHG emissions.

Emissions reductions have primarily been realised through a

reduction in diesel use in vehicles as our vehicles were driven less

than in the baseline year, the increasing efficiency of the fleet

and the move to hybrid-petrol vehicles. It should be noted that

total kilometres driven may vary from year-to-year and total fuel

consumption may fluctuate as a result of business activity.

PGW has continued with its commitment to purchase Meridian

Energy’s Certified Renewable Energy, procuring one-to-one

matched renewable energy certificates through the New Zealand

Energy Certificate System (NZECS) run by BraveTrace. PGW continues

to support renewable energy production, and this purchase of the

Certified Renewable Energy product allows PGW to report its scope

2 market-based emissions as zero. PGW began purchasing this

product in April 2023.

When evaluating performance against the emissions reduction

target, PGW uses a market-based approach exclusively for electricity

consumption and does not incorporate any other forms of

emissions offsetting in its target assessment.

PGW’s emission target was developed internally, but is not science-

aligned with limiting global warming to 1.5 ⁰C. PGW has not pursued

a science-aligned target due to transport fuel making up the

majority of the GHG profile. To reduce the volume of transport fuel

used, PGW would need to either drive fewer kilometres or transition

a significant number of vehicles to electric alternatives. PGW is

effectively a technology-taker and is reliant on the availability of fit-

for-purpose utility vehicles in New Zealand, as well as the availability

of fast charging infrastructure across rural locations. PGW continues

to closely monitor the New Zealand vehicle market and is in regular

communication with vehicle manufacturers as new vehicles are

introduced.

A detailed outline of the changes within PGW’s vehicle fleet is

outlined under the Environment section of this report.

Asset Risk and Business Exposure

PGW operates a range of activities out of multiple locations

across New Zealand. An assessment of these locations and their

susceptibility to sea level rise suggests that 3.4% of all locations sit at

height of 5 meters above sea level or below.

A 5-meter threshold was chosen as is likely to be impacted by tidal

events and localised flooding if the Representative Concentration

Pathway 8.5 scenario 2100 expectations are realised. Using a

5-meter threshold provides a method to undertake an assessment,

it is important to note that the impact of sea-level rise is not solely

dependent on the height of the land above sea level – other factors

such as the slope of the land, the presence of natural barriers, and

the intensity of storms can also influence a locations vulnerability to

sea-level rise.

The majority of PGW property is leased on terms which are

significantly shorter than the timeframes associated with sea level

rise under all of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change

emissions scenarios. Though it is noted that sea level rise is not the

primary driver for why PGW leases its properties.

While PGW physical locations may have a low-risk exposure to

sea level rise, business activities and supply chains have greater

exposure – this is due to business relationships with exposed public

and private assets such as roads and ports. Sea level rise and storm

events impacting key transportation infrastructure could disrupt

supply chains and subsequently impact PGW operations.

PGW does not currently set an internal carbon price within business

operations and management remuneration is not currently linked to

sustainability targets or climate-related risks and opportunities.

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

2,000

0

FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY30

Baseline

Target

Diesel (Transport)

P

etrol (Transport)

E

lectricity

O

ther

Greenhouse Gas Emissions (tCO2-e)

Operational (Scope 1 & 2) Emissions Profile

-7.0%

-10.2%

-15.9%

-22.4%

-30%

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 16

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

CLIMATE

Energy | Pūngao
Energy efficiency is a priority for PGW, with the commitment to improve the energy

efficiency across all premises by 20% by FY30 from the FY21 baseline.

FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25

CategoryBusiness Activity

tCO2-etCO2-etCO2-etCO2-etCO2-e

Scope 1 (Direct Emissions) Energy Sources

Stationary Combustion

Diesel used for heating (litres)13,25910,7507,79713,21611,458

Natural gas used for heating (MJ)166,144159,152132,005175,424175,630

Mobile Combustion

Diesel used in fleet vehicles (litres)2,577,2802,393,6852,436,8332,416,9212,217,632

Petrol used in fleet vehicles (litres)28,49726,95829,11633,67757,696

LPG used in forklifts (litres)80,79584,29577,31063,23758,523

Fugitive Emissions

HFCs used in AC and refrigeration (kg)1201201204819

Scope 2 (Indirect Emissions) Energy Sources

Imported Energy

Electricity consumption (kWh)5,191,7814,901,2095,017,3085,165,0674,940,950

Renewable energy certificates (MWh)001,2965,1654,941

GHG emissions from the building portfolio come primarily from the consumption of electricity. PGW also consumes fuel for use in heating

applications, but this is reducing as the business strategically targets the electrification of key assets. PGW is the tenant in the majority of

premises where we operate, meaning energy efficiency improvements are typically a joint commitment between PGW and the landlord.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Lake Heron Station Winter Muster, photographed by

Anna Munro for the 2025 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.

Environment

|

Taiao

PAGE 17

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

In the past year there has been a further nine
PGW stores that have been upgraded with LED

lighting, these have been delivered through a

mixture of energy efficiency funding, capital

upgrades, relocations to new leases or new

building construction (where LED lighting is

part of our fitout specifications). PGW has just

passed three quarters of all our premises using

LED lighting, with cumulative energy savings

reaching almost 4.5M kWh since 2017.

Invercargill Retail Store Development

PGW recently relocated our rural supplies store, regional office and real estate office into our existing PGW wool store at Fox

Street, Invercargill. The new development brings all three businesses under one roof, enhancing collaboration, streamlining our

operations, and improving customer service.

The new development also provided a fantastic opportunity to improve the sustainability of our operations. Moving PGW

completely away from the use of diesel for heating at the old premise, to more efficient electric heat pumps in the new facility.

The store was fitted with LED lighting throughout and existing LPG forklifts were replaced with new electric equivalents. All of

these changes will contribute to reductions in GHG emissions for PGW operations.

Fleet Vehicles | Ngā Waka o te Kāhui

PGW operates a fleet of approximately 700

vehicles, with 650 of these being passenger

vehicles. These vehicles are PGW’s largest

source of GHG emissions and is therefore

the largest target for emissions reduction

initiatives. To meaningfully reduce these

emissions, PGW would need to either

significantly cut back on driving distances,

or switch a large portion of our vehicle to

electric or hybrid alternatives.

Reducing driving distances could have

significant implications for our customer

relationships. Less time spent traveling to

visit customers means less face-to-face

interaction, which could weaken the

personal connections that are vital to our

business. For rural customers in particular,

who may already see their representative

infrequently due to geographic distances,

further reducing visits could leave them

feeling underserved. These customers often

rely on regular in-person meetings not just

for business transactions, but for technical

advice, problem-solving, and the trusted

relationships that have been built over years.

In FY25, PGW continued with the roll out

of hybrid electric vehicles into the PGW

fleet, replacing over 40 existing diesel

vehicles. An additional decision was made

to phase out the large-sized SUV vehicle, as

the mid-sized SUV option was increasingly

meeting the needs of this vehicle class – this

decision further contributes to improving

the PGW emissions profile in increasing the

proportion of lighter, more efficient vehicles

in the fleet.

As fleet vehicles are turned over at the end

of their lease there will be an increasing

number of vehicles in the PGW fleet

utilising hybrid electric vehicle technology,

improving operational efficiency and

reducing fuel use. This will lead to a

reduction in GHG emissions per kilometre

travelled, which will be realised over the

coming years.

PGW faces several challenges in making

transition to electric vehicles. As a company

that needs reliable vehicles to serve our

customers, we depend on vehicles available

in the New Zealand market. Currently, there

is a limited selection of full electric utility

vehicles that can meet the range of on-farm

applications, and the charging infrastructure

across rural New Zealand is still being

developed.

New Zealand has seen the recent

introduction of several popular plug-in

hybrid (PHEV ) utility vehicles that are

experiencing strong adoption within rural

communities. These vehicles combine

traditional internal combustion engines with

electric motors and rechargeable battery

systems that can be plugged in to charge

from external power sources. The battery

capacity in plug-in hybrid vehicles can

provide significant advantages for day-to-

day operations.

While PHEVs may present as a viable option

for PGW, we have made a decision not to

pursue PHEVs at this stage – primarily they

deliver only partial emissions reductions

compared to fully electric vehicles. Realising

these benefits across a fleet requires

substantial operational changes; requiring

the roll out of home charging solutions,

electricity cost reimbursement, and the

management of both fast-charging network

accounts and traditional fuel cards. Most

critically, PHEVs require a fundamental shift

in individual behaviour, to maximise the

benefit employees must regularly charge

vehicles, plan routes to incorporate charging

stops, and change daily routines around

vehicle management.

Given these complexities, PGW will continue

to assess the market for fit-for-purpose

battery electric vehicle utility vehicles, as

these would allow PGW to make a more

impactful fleet transition. PGW will continue

to request electric vehicle options from

the market in future manufacturers’ tender

processes. At the end of FY25, PGW has

two electric pool vehicles available to staff

with dedicated on-site charging at the

Christchurch Head Office.

PGW will be rolling out its first fully electric

fleet vehicles in FY26 and expects to have

more detail available at the half-year report.

0 0.5M 1.0M 1.5M 2.0M 2.5M 3.0M 3.5M 4.0M 4.5M

Cumulative LED Lighting Savings to Date (kWh)

FY25

FY24

FY23

FY22

FY21

FY20

FY19

FY18

FY17

Cumulative Electricity Savings (kWh)

Doing Wright for Waterways

‘Doing Wright for Waterways’ is a collaboration

between PGW and Nufarm, where for every

$3,000 spent on Nufarm products, clients

received 75 mānuka seedlings. Mānuka trees

are an important species to improve water

filtration, reduce erosion, and significantly reduce

pathogens and nitrates leaching into waterways.

Over the past two years, the ‘Doing Wright for

Waterways’ programme has now seen 180,000

manuka trees planted on-farm or donated to rural

communities throughout the country.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 18

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

ENVIRONMENTAL

New perforated cardboard
machine at the Agritrade

Distribution Centre in Hamilton.

Water | Wai

Climate projections from the Ministry for Environment suggest

significant changes to annual rainfall patterns across the New

Zealand by the end of the century, with the intensity of the

changes varying depending on the emissions scenario used for

climate modelling. Overall these projections indicate increased

rainfall on the west and the south of the South Island, with lower

rainfall expected on the north-east of the South Island and the

entire North Island.

Additionally, the frequency of heavy rainfall events is expected to

increase across the entire country, causing great risks to people

and property from flooding. Both projections suggest that

water scarcity and flood management will become increasingly

significant concerns across New Zealand, particularly affecting

primary industry sectors.

PGW customers rely on water to operate, whether through

natural rainfall patterns or irrigation systems to sustain their

farming and growing operations. To support this, PGW operates

a full-service irrigation package to farms and horticulturalists

nationwide.

PGW Water offers irrigation and pumping system design,

planning, maintenance and repair – working with customers

across New Zealand to design systems that maximise water

efficiency into farming and growing applications.

PGW Water promotes the installation of Valley variable rate

irrigation systems, utilising global positioning systems and

guidance innovation to allow farmers and growers to have full

control over water use, ensuring water is applied where it is

needed, at the rate that is needed. All PGW Water system designs

are completed by certified irrigation designers holding both New

Zealand and Australian design qualifications.

Due to the nature of PGW’s operational activities (Retail &

Water and Agency operations), water is not considered to be a

material resource for PGW. Most PGW sites are supplied by local

government water infrastructure and consumption volumes are

typically not metered. PGW is not able to report on total water

consumption, but the estimated volume is considered to be

immaterial. The primary use of water within PGW operations is

expected to be taps and toilets across our property portfolio.

Waste | Para

PGW is committed to managing waste as a resource by applying the

principles of the waste hierarchy and supporting our partners across

the value chain to do the same. As a major supplier to the agricultural

and horticultural sectors, PGW’s most significant waste impacts occur

downstream. To address this, we require suppliers to ensure packaging

supports waste minimisation through product stewardship programmes –

assisting our customers to improve waste diversion rates where practical.

Operational Waste

The PGW waste profile consists of operational waste generated primarily

across our network of stores. Data is obtained from a third-party contractor

who collects waste from our premises throughout the year. In FY25

our total waste generated was 480 tonnes, with 135 tonnes recycled,

representing a 28% recycling rate. There are significant limitations to this

disclosure, that the data does not include all waste generated, as some sites

are served by local councils that do not provide customer-specific volume

reporting. PGW aims to improve the data estimation methodologies used

to give a more complete picture of the business waste profile.

Product Stewardship

PGW is a long-standing partner of Agrecovery, New Zealand’s rural

recycling programme, actively promoting the diversion of on-farm plastics

from landfill. Agrecovery provides recycling solutions for a range of farm

plastics, including agrichemical containers (up to 60 litres), large drums,

intermediate bulk containers, low-density polyethylene bags and pallet

wrap, and woven polypropylene bags.

PGW encourages supplier participation in accredited product stewardship

schemes and leads by example, voluntarily participating as a brand

owner. PGW, Fruitfed Supplies, Valagro, Nexan and Agritrade brands are all

participants in the programme, ensuring that containers and bags can be

responsibly managed at end-of-life.

PGW provides 15 store locations for the recycling of participating

containers (up to 60L) and 52 locations for the recycling of small bags (low

density polyethylene and woven poly propylene). To find out the specific

drop off locations please visit the Agrecovery webpage.

PGW also supports Plasback to recycle a range of specific plastics

such as bale wrap, silage pit covers, large polypropylene bags, high

density polyethylene drums, vineyard nets and polypropylene twine.

PGW promotes the scheme to customers in-store and through digital

communications channels.

PGW participated in the Ministry for the Environment’s 2025 consultation

on proposed product stewardship regulations under the Waste

Minimisation Act 2008. As one of New Zealand’s largest rural retailers, PGW

supported the development and expansion of a regulated, nationwide

scheme to manage farm plastics responsibly. Our submission endorsed

the proposal in full. PGW supports a unified, free-to-use, take-back service

that expands existing voluntary programmes into a single, more accessible

system.

IT Hardware

PGW continues its commitment to environmental responsibility

through a robust IT hardware recycling programme. As part of our asset

lifecycle strategy, PGW computers are typically retired and recycled after

approximately four years of service, while other IT equipment is replaced

as needed. This approach ensures that hardware is reused or responsibly

recycled through secure, auditable processes that meet recognised

industry standards.

The recycling initiative is designed not only to reduce electronic waste but

also to maximise the reuse of viable components, supporting a circular

economy and minimising our environmental footprint. Security remains a

key consideration throughout the process, with data protection measures

embedded into every stage of hardware retirement.

Agritrade Distribution Centres:

Turning Waste into Value

In a bold step toward reducing waste and plastic use,

Agritrade Distribution Centres have introduced two

new cardboard shredders. These machines transform

used cardboard boxes (typically from imported

product) into sustainable packaging filler – eliminating

the need for plastic packaging as box filler altogether.

Each machine can perforate cardboard up to 400mm

wide, and larger pieces can be processed with a simple

second pass. The shredded cardboard can even be

used by retail stores, extending the sustainability

benefits through the supply chain.

By reusing cardboard on-site, Agritrade is cutting down

on plastic used and cardboard waste, while also saving

on recycling costs.

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

30%

25%

20%

15%

10%

5%

0%

FY23 FY24 FY25

Total Waste to Landfill (t) Total Waste to Recycled (t) % Diverted

PGW Waste Profile

27.6%

28.9%

28.1%

141

135135

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 19

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

ENVIRONMENTAL

At PGW, we believe our people are our greatest asset and the key to our success in a
competitive market. We are committed to fostering a safe, inclusive, and supportive

workplace where individuals are empowered to perform at their best and thrive. Central

to this commitment is a strong health, safety, and wellbeing culture – one that actively

engages our teams, builds capability, and promotes both physical and mental wellbeing

across the organisation.

We have refreshed our People and Safety strategy to prioritise Future Workforce needs, aimed at attracting and retaining talent against a

backdrop of evolving markets and societies. To deliver our strategy, PGW has initiated employee workgroups that foster collaboration between

business units and provide our people with the platform and voice to make meaningful change. Data led insights have guided us to empower

these groups to improve Diversity, Equity and Inclusion, Digital Capability (AI integration), Flexible Work and Management of Psychosocial Safety.

Employment Statistics | Ngā Tauanga Whiwhi Mahi

All PGW employees are located in New Zealand. PGW does not currently have any employees covered by collective bargaining agreements,

with all our employees engaged under individual employment agreements.

The following tables provide a breakdown of PGW workers as at 30 June 2025:

Total number of

employees by

employment contract

(permanent and

temporary), by gender

GenderPermanentTemporaryNon-guaranteed Hours Total

Female7024192835

Male7921572879

Gender Diverse1001

Not Disclosed


3003

T

otal1,498561641,718

Total number of

employees by

employment type

(full-time and part-

time), by gender

GenderFull-time*Part-timeNon-guaranteed Hours Total

Female54819592835

Male7218672879

Gender Diverse1001

Not Disclosed3003

Total1,2732811641,718

* Full-time is classified as 40 hours or above, part-time is classified as less than 40 hours.

In addition to those above, PGW also engages 161 commission agents, and three specialist consultants contracted for services, bringing the

total staff headcount to 1,882.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Central Otago apricots, photographed by Jack Gilchrist

for the 2025 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.

PAGE 20

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

Social

|

Pāpori

Female Employees by Contract Type
Male Employees by Category Type

Female Employees by Employment CategoryMale Employees by Employment Category

Female Employees by Contract Type

Permanent,

702, 84.1%

Temporary,

41, 4.9%

Non-Guaranteed

Hours,

92, 11.0%

Female Employees by Contract Type

Male Employees by Category Type

Female Employees by Employment CategoryMale Employees by Employment Category

Male Employees by Category Type

Temporary,

15, 1.7%

Non-Guaranteed

Hours,

72, 8.2%

Permanent,

792, 90.1%

Female Employees by Contract Type

Male Employees by Category Type

Female Employees by Employment CategoryMale Employees by Employment Category

Female Employees by Employment Category

Part-time,

195, 23.4%

Non-Guaranteed

Hours,

92, 11.0%

Full-time,

548, 65.6%

Female Employees by Contract Type

Male Employees by Category Type

Female Employees by Employment CategoryMale Employees by Employment Category

Male Employees by Employment Category

Part-time,

86, 9.8%

Non-Guaranteed

Hours ,

72, 8.2%

Full-time,

721, 82.0%

New employee hires

by age and gender

AgeNumber

Under 30159

30-50 years old133

Over 50 years old101

Gender

Female236

Male155

Gender Diverse0

Not Disclosed2

Total393

Employee turnover

by age and gender

Age Number

Under 30129

30-50 years old134

Over 50 years old97

Gender

Female208

Male152

Gender Diverse0

Not Disclosed0

Total360

All (100%) of PGW’s permanent employees engaged prior to

April of the financial year have the opportunity to complete

an annual performance review which includes career

development factors. This performance review is part of

PGW’s remuneration review process, where the performance

rating is one of the factors in the annual remuneration review.

PGW offers outplacement support to some employees as

appropriate, who are exiting PGW for reasons of redundancy

and retirement.

180

120

60

0

159

133

129

134

101

97

Under 30 30-50 years old Over 50 years old

New Hires and Turnover by Age 2025

Number of Employees

PGW offers employment on a part-time basis where we can meet the operational requirements of the business whilst

providing our employees with flexibility, where possible. PGW offers employment on a temporary basis for the delivery

of clearly defined, fixed pieces of work (which could include peak periods) or to provide cover for roles during periods

of short-term absences (e.g. parental leave). PGW offers non-guaranteed hours employment to casuals in order to

provide cover for short-term unexpected absences and in areas of the business with fluctuating and unpredictable

workloads. PGW’s threshold for determining significant fluctuations in employee numbers is +/- 5% and we did not

have a significant fluctuation in employee numbers during the reporting period.

The following tables provide a breakdown of the new employee hires and turnover for the 12-months to 30 June 2025:

300

200

100

0

236

155

208

152

20


Female Male Gender Diverse Not Disclosed

New Hires Turnover

New Hires and Turnover by Gender 2025

00

Number of Employees

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 21

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

SOCIAL

Day in the vineyard, photographed by Carl Gundersen

for the 2025 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.

PGW Academy 2025 cohort visit an
apple packhouse in Hawkes Bay.

PGW Academy 2024 cohort visit

Wilden Station in West Otago.

Education and Training

|

Te Mātauranga me te Whakangungu

’Grow You. Grow the Country’

At PGW, we recognise that our people are our strength. We are committed to investing in our people, so we can support and develop our team

members by providing them with the tools, resources and skills to succeed in their roles.

PGW is committed to developing our workforce through targeted investment in competency-based and technical skills training. PGW offers a

variety of programmes to our people to upgrade employee skills in line with our Learning and Development Policy. These include the following:

TO LEAD – A 2-day programme for new and existing leaders

covering our leadership behaviours. This also includes a

DISC report which is debriefed with each participant, as well

as a detailed 360 report which is debriefed in a 90-minute

coaching session, where an Action plan focusing on

development areas is also created.

Health, Safety & Wellbeing Fundamentals – A 2-day

programme for all staff covering the key Health Safety and

Wellbeing (HSW ) related focuses at PGW. This includes

Managing Health and Safety, Contractor management,

Risk Management, Event Investigation, Safety Culture and

Wellbeing.

One PGW Induction – A 1-day course for all new starters

which covers off the company values, behaviours, business

units, primary industry and aims to provide an introduction

to, and overview of, the organisation as well as an

opportunity to connect with other new starters.

Management Skills – A range of courses focused on such

areas as Presentation Skills, Running Effective Meetings,

Managing Poor Performance, Mental Health Matters,

Recruitment and Selection, and Performance Reviews.

Mandatory Compliance Modules – The required learning

courses for our PGW staff, some are mandatory for all staff,

but others are included based on the role and the tasks

undertaken. Examples include Cyber Security, PGW policies,

and HSW related topics.

DISC Assessments – Individual and team sessions delivered

via team session focusing on the DISC profile within the team

and also as individual coaching based on debrief reports

Tech College – A learning platform developed by the Rural

Supplies Technical and Fruitfed Technical Extension teams to

lift farming and growing knowledge of the whole business,

especially for those staff members with limited primary

production experience. It offers an unsurpassed range of

courses; all aimed at helping grow our people’s skills within

both agriculture and horticulture.

Retail and Sales Training – Key offerings include sales, store

financials, merchandising, business cashflow, as well as a

range of courses to familiarise staff with our retail point of

sale system and associated workflows.

Certificate in Distribution – An NZQA level qualification for

those wanting to develop a career towards a Team Leader,

Supervisor or Managerial role in a distribution environment.

Certificate in Contact Centres – An NZQA level qualification

for those currently working in our Customer Services teams

and Contact Centres.

Over 4,000 online courses – Offered via our Learning

Management System. These can be either selected by the

learners directly or assigned to them by their managers as

part of an identified development plan.

PGW Academy | Te whare wānanga o PGW

Established in 2006, the PGW Academy focuses on

developing a select group of our people within the

company to expand their knowledge, grow their expertise

and expose them to all levels of the wider business and

industry. Participants work towards obtaining a National

Certificate in Rural Servicing (Level 4), a recognised NZQA

accredited qualification offered through Primary ITO.

The PGW Academy programme includes a range of

practical workshops focused on dairy farming, dry stock

farming, horticulture, supplier relationships, fencing and

stock management. Graduates often move on to greater

roles and responsibilities within the company after

completing the programme.

The 2024 Academy cohort finished their final dissertations

and investigations to the judging panel, culminating in

the celebrated Academy Awards evening. With graduates

joining a group of more than 310 employees who have

completed the programme.

PGW welcomed 20 inductees into the 2025 PGW

Academy, following a competitive application process. The

Academy hosts a series of workshops across the year run

by our Retail Technical Team with engagement from some

of PGW’s strategic partners such as Ballance Agri-Nutrients,

PGG Wrightson Seeds, and Datamars.

PGW’s Redundancy Policy provides severance pay (which takes into account employees’ service)

and provides outplacement support (such as CV writing and interview coaching) for any employees

impacted by redundancy.

In FY25, PGW provided over 12,200 hours of training to employees delivered through our centrally

managed training systems, this represents approximately 7 hours per employee. This figure only

includes the structured training that is captured using our central systems, it is likely to be significant

underestimate of the total training provided to our staff – it does not capture the hours of training

that staff members undergo ‘on the job’ where senior staff work in a mentoring capacity alongside our

trainee staff member. It also does not capture training from external providers, or through coordinated

programmes such as the PGW Academy, NZQA level qualifications or conferences. We expect the

actual training hours to be multiple times higher than this reported figure. PGW will continue to

develop learning and development systems to further capture information where practical.

PGW offers over 4,000

online courses via our

Learning Management

System.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 22

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

SOCIAL

Supporting Future Leaders in Horticulture:
Fruitfed Supplies Scholarship

As part of our ongoing commitment to nurturing talent and

promoting excellence in sustainable agriculture, we are proud to

congratulate Ben Penno, the 2024 recipient of the Fruitfed Supplies

Horticultural Scholarship.

Ben, originally from Lower Hutt, discovered his passion for horticulture

through early experiences on his grandparents’ mixed cropping farm

and by growing vegetables at home. His curiosity and dedication led

him to Massey University, where he is now completing the final year of

a Bachelor of Horticultural Science.

Throughout his studies, Ben has developed a holistic understanding

of horticulture, with particular interest in topics such as Trees on

Farms and Plant Diversity. His enthusiasm for the sector has been

further enriched by hands-on experience during university breaks,

including roles at the PGG Wrightson Seeds plant breeding facility and

a diversified farm in North Canterbury growing apples, pears, cherries,

and hops.

Hops have emerged as a standout interest for Ben, “Being a long-lived,

herbaceous perennial harvested for its cones, they’re unique within

horticulture,” he explains. “New Zealand hop growers have developed

specialty varieties that only grow here. The future of hops in New

Zealand is interesting and I’d like to be part of it.”

Valued at $5,000, the Fruitfed Supplies Horticultural Scholarship is

awarded annually to a Massey University student who demonstrates

academic excellence and a strong commitment to the horticulture

sector. Since its inception in 2020, the scholarship has helped cultivate

the next generation of leaders in sustainable horticulture.

Remuneration and Benefits | Te Utu me ngā Painga

PGW operates a mature, consistent, transparent and fairly applied

Remuneration Policy and framework, aligned to our strategy, culture,

business objectives and values. This covers all employees, including

senior executives and is approved by the Board of Directors.

With our remuneration partner, all PGW roles are evaluated using

bands or grades, which are then compared against private sector

benchmarking. PGW has committed to pay all employees at least

the equivalent of the living wage (currently $28.95 per hour for

2025/26). PGW has a series of incentive schemes based around

individual performance, company performance and financials. All

senior management remuneration schemes have safety and strategic

components.

The ratio of the annual total compensation for the organisation’s

highest-paid individual to the median annual total compensation for

all employees (excluding the highest-paid individual) is 16.28. This

has been calculated by taking the total compensation (base salary

and incentives) of the organisation’s highest paid-individual across

FY24, divided by the median total compensation (base salary and

incentives) for all of the organisation’s employees as at 30 June 2025,

excluding the highest-paid individual.

The ratio of the percentage increase in annual total compensation for

the organisation’s highest-paid individual to the median percentage

increase in annual total compensation for all employees (excluding

the highest-paid individual) is -2.3. This has been calculated by taking

the percentage increase for the organisation’s highest-paid individual

for FY24 remuneration year (as paid across the FY25 financial

year), divided by the median percentage increase for all of the

organisation’s employees for FY24 remuneration year (as paid across

the FY25 financial year), excluding the highest paid individual.

PGW has a group life policy for permanent employees and

commission agents under the age of 70. All part-time employees

are provided exactly the same benefits as our full-time employees,

except that PGW does not provide the group life policy to temporary

(fixed-term employees) who are engaged for less than one year.

Gender Pay | Utu ā-ira

PGW has a robust Remuneration Framework in place which results in no significant variance in salary by gender when comparing

like-for-like roles.

PGW is a signatory to ‘Mind the Gap’ and continues to report our gender pay gap on an ongoing basis. In FY25, PGW’s overall

gender pay gap was 28%, this was calculated using the difference in median hourly pay by gender from across the business. The

methodology in calculating gender pay aligns to the preferred method from Statistics New Zealand.

PGW has broken down our staffing profile between operations (business facing) roles and business support roles for transparency.

Operations

Role mid-point

Female

Employees

Male

Employees

Gender

Pay Gap*

$60K-$80K532293-1%

$80K-100K65635%

$100K-150K783402%

$150K+9245%

Total68472026%

* Difference in median hourly rate of females compared to males within each role mid-point band.

Business Support

Role mid-point

Female

Employees

Male

Employees

Gender

Pay Gap*

$60K-$80K7924-1%

$80K-100K144-7%

$100K-150K40351%

$150K+515-4%

Total1387828%

* Difference in median hourly rate of females compared to males within each role mid-point band.

Empowering Rangatahi

Through Vocational Pathways:

Agritrade’s Partnership with GRIP

As part of our commitment to fostering

sustainable communities and supporting youth

development, Agritrade is proud to partner

with Generating Real Industry Pathways (GRIP),

an organisation dedicated to empowering New

Zealand’s rangatahi through tailored vocational

pathways. Agritrade welcomed the first

students into the programme in 2025.

GRIP connects students, schools, and industries

via the Gateway Programme—an initiative that

provides senior secondary school students

with workplace-based learning opportunities

aligned with their career aspirations.

Students work towards their Level 3 Distribution

Certificate, with placement at our Rolleston

Distribution Centre. Allowing students to gain

practical experience while having learning

assessed for academic credit.

Our collaboration with GRIP reflects Agritrade’s

broader sustainability goals—supporting

education, promoting equitable access to

career opportunities, and investing in the future

workforce.

By creating real industry pathways, we are not

only helping students transition from school

to work or further study. We look forward to

expanding this initiative and welcoming more

Gateway students to both our Rolleston and

Hamilton teams in the future.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 23

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

SOCIAL

Fruitfed Supplies Horticultural Scholarship winner Ben Penno, alongside

PGW staff members Bruce Marriott (left) and Lorna Minnear (right).

This data shows female employees are over-represented in
our lower pay bands, and under-represented in higher pay

bands, which contributes to PGW’s overall gender pay gap of

28%, as shown by the adjacent table.

Category

Female

Employees

Male

Employees

Gender

Pay Gap*

Executive2524%

Leadership1176-4%

Operations68472026%

Business Support1387828%

All PGW83587928%

* Difference in median hourly rate of females compared to males.

PGW has established a working group to develop key strategies to

primarily address the under representation of females in higher pay

bands – most specifically in leadership roles.

100

80

60

40

20

0

$60K-$80K $80K-$100K $100K-$150K $150K+

Female Employees Male Employees

Employee Headcount

Business Support

79

14

24

4

40

35

5

15

100

80

60

40

20

0

Board of Directors Executive Leadership

Female Male

Headcount

Board, Executive and Leadership Composition 2025

22

5

3

11

76

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

$60K-$80K $80K-$100K $100K-$150K $150K+

Female Employees Male Employees

Operations

Employee Headcount

532

65

293

63

78

340

9

24

Parental Leave | Te Whakamatuatanga ā-Matua

PGW understands the importance of the balance between work and home. Staff are supported to take time off to raise a family, offering

a range of entitlements based on the length of continuous employment.

While everyone’s experience is unique, returning to work after a period of parental leave can be a significant transition point in the

lives of many people – maintaining career continuity, building confidence and improving financial stability. The return to work can

often involve a rebalancing of work and family life around a new set of responsibilities and needs. PGW supports staff returning to

work through a paid keeping in touch programme to ensure the employee can maintain a continuous connection with the workplace.

Additionally, all employees on a period of parental leave are included in all remuneration reviews.

PGW splits parental leave into two categories for the purposes of reporting – primary carers leave, and partners leave. Parental and

partners leave entitlements are available to those who have worked at least an average of 10 hours per week in the six months

immediately prior to the leave period. PGW offers an enhancement on legislation in a few areas, including that any annual leave the

employee is earned whilst on parental leave will be calculated and paid at the same rate as any other annual leave.

Parental LeaveFemaleMale

Gender

Diverse

Not

DisclosedTotal

Total number of employees that were entitled to parental

leave

780873121,656

Total number of employees that took primary carer leave *5300053

Total number of employees that took partners leave1190020

Total number of employees that returned to work in the

reporting period after parental leave ended **

1900019

Total number of employees that returned to work after

parental leave ended that were still employed 12 months

after their return to work **

1210013

 FemaleMale

Gender

Diverse

Not

Disclosed

Return to work rate*66%--

-

Retention rate

**

67%100%-

-

* Includes staff whose parental leave ended between 1 July 2024 – 30 June 2025

** Includes staff who reach 12 months following their return to work from parental leave between 1 July 2024 – 30 June 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 24

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

SOCIAL

Health, Safety and Wellbeing | Te Hauora, te haumarutanga, me te toiora
PGW aligns its approach to HSW to the Health and Safety at Work

Act 2015 (HSWA), as well as the requirements of the New Zealand

Accident Compensation Corporation Accredited Employers

Programme (AEP) programme. PGW once again achieved tertiary-

level status in the AEP programme, the highest possible rating, in

our 2024 audit.

HSW governance is overseen by the Group Health, Safety and

Environment (HSE) Committee, which includes Executive and

Board representation. The Committee reviews strategic priorities,

sets performance standards, and monitors key initiatives. During

the year, we relaunched our Business Unit HSW Committees,

with rotating representation from each unit attending the Group

HSE Committee. This provides another way to ensure the voice

of our frontline teams is heard at the highest level. Committee

summaries are shared widely to support transparency and

encourage engagement across the business.

Our HSW team and systems operate across all PGW business

units, covering a wide range of different working environments,

including all employees and independent contractors as required

by the HSWA. Our systems do not include other contractors who

may work at PGW – we intend to address this in future years.

Hazards and associated risks at PGW are reported via the health

and safety system, Risk Manager. External reviews of health, safety

and wellbeing practices are conducted from time to time across

all business units. Employees are required to regularly review

site hazards and note actions in Risk Manager should risks have

changed.

During the year, PGW undertook a review of the HSW team

capability and resourcing. As a result, new roles were created to

strengthen support in two key areas: critical risk management and

health, wellbeing and injury management. This investment has

allowed us to accelerate progress in these areas and build on the

strong foundations already in place.

We continue to embed a ‘no-blame’ culture across the

organisation, guided by Human and Organisational Performance

principles. This approach has strengthened our HSW programmes,

improved the quality of incident investigations, and enabled

deeper organisational learning.

Our continued focus on critical risk management spans multiple

key areas across the organisation. A significant achievement this

year has been the successful implementation of our Trailer Critical

Risk Programme. This initiative features the introduction of a

revised Asset Management System, a thorough review of trailer

specifications and appointment of suppliers, and an updated

training programme, all designed to strengthen safety controls

around trailer operations.

In parallel, we have enhanced controls related to working with

animals and mobile plant. Our initial efforts have concentrated on

forklift safety, with more robust Driver Safety Zones established

at several warehousing sites. Additionally, proximity detection

devices have been deployed at PGW Wool locations to better

separate personnel from machinery and reduce risk.

Within our livestock operations, the Saleyard Infrastructure Survey

continues to be a cornerstone of structural risk management.

This survey assesses each saleyard against key safety and

compliance criteria, enabling us to strategically prioritise repair

and maintenance work. To further improve safety and operational

effectiveness, sale day pre-start meetings have been introduced.

These discussions provide teams with a platform to align on safety

priorities, identify potential hazards, and plan for a successful day

ahead.

PGW continues with the delivery of our two-day HSW

Fundamentals programme. The programme has been developed

to provide core HSW information and will be delivered to all team

members across the business. With 98% of participants recording

“they feel they can apply the skills learnt during the course into their

workplace”. New initiatives include a refreshed HSW Induction,

Mental Fitness at Work workshops, and online modules.

PGW remains committed to the safety and wellbeing of our

people, both at work and beyond. The availability of personal

locator beacons (PLBs) continues to demonstrate its value, with

two activations in the past year helping emergency services

respond quickly. While one incident occurred outside of work,

we encourage our team members to use PLBs during their

personal activities as well – reflecting our broader commitment

to wellbeing.

While prevention remains our primary goal, we also offer strong

support for those who are injured or experiencing discomfort

at work. This includes covering medical surcharges to remove

potential barriers to access treatment, and early intervention

services to support recovery and return to work.

We continue to support wellbeing more broadly through

initiatives such as free flu vaccinations, physiotherapy sessions,

and mental health courses. Our Wellbeing Champions group

is building momentum and continues to develop and support

initiatives for the betterment of all at PGW. PGW also actively

participates in industry forums including Safer Farms, the Rural

Support Trust, the Business Leaders’ Health & Safety Forum,

and the New Zealand Institute of Safety Management, sharing

knowledge and promoting sector-wide progress.

For the year ended 30 June 2025, there were 73 recordable injuries

(including 1 fatality noted in the Annual Report 2024 and 1 high

consequence injury) of PGW employees and two recordable

injuries in other workers who are not employees but whose work

and/ or workplace is controlled by PGW. The most common types

of injuries were bruises, lacerations, scratches and abrasions. There

were four recordable cases of at-work ill-health and one case in

other workers who are not employees. The most common type of

at work ill health was bacterial infection.

PGW’s TRIFR rate for FY25 was 28.82, calculated based on contracted hours worked by permanent and temporary employees,

casuals and independent contractors, using a base of 1 million hours.

Work-related Health

and Safety Reporting

FY23

FY24FY25

EmployeesOther workersEmployeesOther workersEmployeesOther workers

Recordable at work injury68N/A713732

– High consequence at work injury

*0N/A0010


F

atalities0N/A0010

Recordable at work ill health2N/A4140

Total recordable injury frequency rate

** 26.47 – 27.54 – 28.82 –

* High consequence at work injury: work-related injury that results in a fatality or in an injury from which the worker cannot, does not, or is not expected to recover fully to pre-injury

health status within six months.

** Total recordable injury frequency rate: Calculated based on contracted hours worked by permanent and temporary employees, using a base of 1 million hours. This metric is not

available for ‘Other Workers’ as total hours are not recorded.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 25

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

SOCIAL

Ahuwhenua Trophy - Excellence in
Maori Farming Award 2025 Winners:

Whangaroa Ngaiotonga Trust.

Photo Credit: Alphapix

IHC Calf & Rural Scheme

PGW has been a proud sponsor of the IHC Calf & Rural Scheme since its

inception 43 years ago. Raising over $43 million dollars to positively impact

the lives of people with intellectual disabilities and their families in rural

communities around New Zealand.

In late 2024, local members of the IHC community and PGW were invited for

a day of connection at a Ngāi Tahu dairy farm in North Canterbury, including

calf feeding and kapa haka performances. Ngāi Tahu Farming is one of

the scheme’s long-term, dedicated calf donors – which fund a number of

community initiatives that make a big difference in people’s lives.

The IHC’s Christchurch/North

Canterbury Kapa Haka performance

was a reminder of the difference our

collective efforts can make. Through

the IHC Calf & Rural Scheme, initiatives

like Kapa Haka allow people with

intellectual disabilities to connect with

their iwi and experience the joy of

being part of a group that celebrates

their culture and identity.

PGW continues to celebrate our

partnership with IHC within the

business, with the traditional Pink Week

held in May, where PGW workspaces

go ‘Pink for a Week’, transforming

workspaces to raise the profile of the

Calf & Rural Scheme and encourage donations.

IHC’s Calf & Rural Scheme encourages farmers to pledge livestock to the cause

and when they are sold the sale price is donated to IHC. Farmers can also

choose to donate a virtual calf in the form of a donation at a market value of

an animal.

Sponsorships | Ngā Tautoko ā-Pūtea

Each year, our team proudly contributes their

time, skills, and energy to a wide range of local

initiatives. From environmental restoration

projects and search and rescue operations

to supporting rural fire brigades, dog trials,

shearing competitions, equestrian events, and

community sports. These efforts reflect our

deep-rooted commitment to the people and

places that shape our business.

By backing community organisations and

sponsoring rural events, we are proud to

play a meaningful role in helping grow the

country, not just through our core operations,

but by actively supporting the wellbeing and

resilience of the regions we serve.

We are proud to sponsor and partner with a

range of national organisations who support

our agricultural and horticultural industries

in New Zealand. PGW aims to build genuine

enduring relationships with our communities

and our sponsorship activities aim to celebrate

achievement across all industries that we

service.

“We have a long affiliation with

Ngāi Tahu Farming and the

IHC Calf & Rural Scheme is a

crucial part of our responsibility

the community. This occasion

was a wonderful way to weave

together those threads and see

the important impact of our

support.”

Stephen Guerin, Chief Executive Officer,

PGG Wrightson

Ahuwhenua Trophy

PGW is a longstanding silver sponsor of the Ahuwhenua Trophy, the most prestigious award in Māori

farming. The Ahuwhenua Trophy acknowledges and celebrates business excellence in New Zealand’s

important pastoral and horticultural sectors, with the competition alternating each year between

dairy, sheep and beef and horticulture.

The 2025 award for excellence in Māori sheep and beef farming was awarded to Whangaroa

Ngaiotonga Trust based in Te Tai Tokerau (Northland). Whangaroa Ngaiotonga Trust manages

the Ngaiotonga A3 block, situated an hour’s drive north of Whangārei, nestled in the heart of

Whangaruru. It’s whenua is bordered by the Te Moananui a Kiwa to the east and Whangaruru

Harbour to the west. Totalling 1,100ha of coastal hill country, it consists of 360ha of effective farmland,

297ha of forestry, and 443ha of native forest and wetlands. In four years, the Trust has turned its

previously struggling farm into a modern, thriving and profitable 1,200 head bull fattening operation.

The other finalist was the Proprietors of Tawapata South, Onenui Station – a Māori incorporation

located at the tip of the Māhia Peninsula, Hawke’s Bay. Spanning 3,476 hectares, the whenua includes

1,700 hectares of effective farmland and 836 hectares under a Ngā Whenua Rāhui Kawenata. The

station winters 15,000 stock units, including 6,000 breeding ewes, 600 breeding cows, replacements,

and trade cattle.

In the lead up to the Ahuwhenua Awards, PGW had the pleasure to attend on-farm Field Days with

both finalists. The team got on farm to hear from the kaitiaki, learn more about the history of the

whenua. This was a fantastic opportunity to support both finalists, to continue to learn and celebrate

the successes. Both finalists are PGW customers and as part of our sponsorship, PGW store vouchers

are provided to both the winners and the runners up.

Members of the IHC community visit a

Ngāi Tahu Farm for a day of connection.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 26

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

SOCIAL

Paerata Abraham, winner of the
2024/2025 National Shearing Circuit title.

Cash for Communities

Over 13 years ago, PGW and Ballance Agri-Nutrients joined

together to create the Cash for Communities programme

available through spring. We have since raised over $820,000

to support the charities and organisations working within our

rural communities. The programme expanded in 2023 to bring

onboard some of our agchem suppliers, which generated

additional funds available to support community causes.

In FY25, we broke all previous records with the programme

generating donations of $150,000. Over 3,200 farmers, growers,

and contractors took part in the FY25 programme – with

funding going to a range of community organisations:

Rural schools received $37,800

Rescue Helicopters received $30,200

St John across New Zealand received $27,500

Rural Support Trusts received $8,600

Cancer Society received $7,200

The remaining $38,000 was allocated across a wide range

of other organisations, such as community care groups,

volunteer fire brigades, rugby clubs, community pools,

and more!

National Shearing Circuit

PGW has stood as the principal

sponsor of National shearing circuit

for two decades. Established in

1973, the PGG Wrightson Vetmed

National Shearing Circuit is one of

shearing’s most prestigious and

demanding events, pitting the top

shearers against each other based

on versatility over five separate

rounds. Culminating in Masterton,

the circuit’s pinnacle sees the top

12 shearers, determined by their

accumulated points across the five

rounds, competing on the eve of

the Golden Shears.

Paerata Abraham clinched the

2024/2025 PGG Wrightson Vetmed

National Shearing Circuit title,

with a win at the Golden Shears in

Masterton. This is the second time

Abraham has won the title, having

first won the circuit in the 2018/19

season.

Land Search and Rescue

PGW supports Land Search and Rescue New Zealand,

who help the lost, the missing and the injured.

Many of our staff and customers regularly enjoy our

country’s great outdoors and this is a way that PGW can

demonstrate our support for this important community

service that saves lives. A number of our employees are

Land Search and Rescue volunteers who dedicate their

time to training, maintaining their competencies, and

responding to emergency situations when they arise.

Land Search and Rescue has over 3,300 trained

volunteers, who are members of 64 local groups,

covering the length and breadth of New Zealand. There

are also specialist disciplines such as Land Search and

Rescue Dogs, CaveSAR, CanyonSAR, Alpine Cliff Rescue

and RiverSAR who operate on a local level where there is

a requirement for these specialist skills.

Fire and Emergency New Zealand (FENZ)

PGW are immensely proud to back our team members

who volunteer for FENZ at fire brigades throughout

the country. These dedicated individuals play a vital

role in supporting rural communities, always ready to

respond to callouts and providing crucial assistance

during emergencies.

PGW team members volunteer at approximately 20 fire

brigades across New Zealand, offering indispensable

assistance to rural communities. Their efforts help keep

our team members, families, and customers safe, and

we are incredibly proud of their commitment and

bravery.

PGW has registered as a member of the FENZ Proud

Employer Programme. The mark and annual campaign

represent the collaboration between volunteers,

PGW, and FENZ, recognising the vital contribution

businesses make to allow for emergency response

during work hours.

Safer Farms

PGW is a member of Safer

Farms and supports the Farm

Without Harm system-wide

strategy to protect those within

the agricultural sector from

preventable farm. Stephen Guerin

and PGW director Dr Charlotte

Severne are both Directors of

Safer Farms, which underscores

the importance of leading by

example in creating a safer

working environment for our

staff and our customers.

Young Grower of the Year

Fruitfed Supplies is proud to

be national sponsor of the

Young Grower of the Year

competition, celebrating

excellence within the fruit

and vegetable industry.

The competition gives fruit

and vegetable growers

under the age of 30 an

opportunity to develop their

skills and foster networks

with other future leaders of

the industry.


Young Horticulturalist of the Year

Fruitfed Supplies is proud to

support the Young Horticulturist

of the Year competition.

Supporting since it's inception in

2005, specifically sponsoring the

competition's Leadership Award.

The competition recognises and

celebrates excellence in people

under the age of 30 employed in

the horticulture industry.

The winner of the 2024 Fruitfed

Supplies Leadership award was

Taylor Leabourn.

Young Viticulturalist of the Year

Fruitfed Supplies is proud to

be a national sponsor the

Young Viticulturist of the Year

competition, having done so

since its inception in 2005.

Aimed at young viticulturists

under 30 years old, the

competition is an opportunity

for contestants to upskill,

develop confidence, meet

current and future viticulture

leaders and grow their own

profile within the industry.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 27

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

SOCIAL

St John Taupo receive funds as part of the

2025 Cash for Communities campaign.

Sustainability Strategy
PGW Group Strategy

Climate Transition Plan

PGW aims to operate at high governance standards and ethical business practices.

Our Corporate Governance Charter includes robust legal, regulatory, and compliance

processes that align with our risk management procedures. PGW’s sustainability

governance framework consists of a hierarchy of strategic documents (shown below)

governing our sustainability approach and actions.

Results

Monitor the

progress of

actions

Policies

Define strategy

and set

commitments

Actions


Identifying concrete

measur

es

PGW applies the Policies-Actions-Results method to its sustainability

governance framework. This approach is an application of the Plan-Do-

Check-Act framework promoted by the International Organisation for

Standardisation (ISO). This approach supports PGW to achieve continuous

improvement across all sustainability action areas.

Three pillar approach across environmental, social and

governance sustainability

Includes a range of objective and targets for the business,

mapped to the SDGs.

Provides clarity and direction around areas of focus that PGW

wants to collectively work towards

Sustainability Priority: Embed environmental, social, and

governance practices across PGW operations and value chains

for long-term resilience and social responsibility.

Outlines our strategic pathway to a low-emissions future while

maintaining business resilience within the changing rural

landscape

Includes a number of strategic actions to move the business to

a low-emissions future.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Til the cows come home,

photographed by Catty Greer for the

2025 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.

PAGE 28

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

Governance

|

Mana Whakahaere

Policy | Kaupapahere
PGW operates a framework of policy documents

to ensure responsible business conduct across all

operations. These include meeting fundamental

responsibilities in the areas of human rights, labour,

environment and anti-corruption. PGW defines three

levels of policy classification:

Governance policies which cover responsibilities

of the Board are approved by the PGW Board

Group wide policies are the responsibility of

management and are approved by either the

Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial

Officer

Business unit specific policies may operate

independently at the business unit level and are

approved by the general managers.

Corporate governance policies serve as the

foundational framework to integrate high

governance standards into strategic decision-

making processes and operational oversight. These

policies establish clear accountability structures

and responsibilities for sustainability performance.

Responsibility for embedding the policy

commitments sit with the leaders of each business

unit. All staff are made aware of policies through

the induction process and substantial changes to

policies are communicated to all staff.

Our corporate governance policies define PGW’s

commitments for responsible business conduct:

Audit Committee Charter

Code of Conduct

Constitution

Continuous Disclosure Policy

Corporate Governance Code

Diversity and Inclusion Policy

Environment Policy

Health Safety and Environment Committee

Charter

Health, Safety and Wellbeing Policy

Non-GAAP Accounting Policy

Remuneration and Appointments Charter

Securities Trading Policy

Sustainability Policy

Copies of these policies are publicly available on: www.pggwrightson.co.nz/

sustainability

Any stakeholder is able to contact PGW at any time to raise any concern or grievance,

PGW actively promotes a contact form on our webpage, as well as providing a toll free

phone number and international phone number as appropriate. The type of concern

raised will determine which department within the business will manage the response.

PGW will seek to remedy any negative impacts that it has caused or contributed to in

alignment with the bounds of its New Zealand legal duties. PGW seeks to demonstrate

excellence in corporate citizenship with regards to our approach to any concerns raised.

PGW has had no significant instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations

within the financial year to 30 June 2025. PGW continues to enhance frameworks to

support compliance activities across business operations.

PGW operates and promotes a prominent whistle blower mechanism allowing for the

reporting of fraud or serious wrongdoing. The whistle blower mechanism is governed

by our Whistle-Blower Policy and promotes responsible reporting while providing

clear procedures for reporting. PGW’s Whistle-Blower Policy provides assurance that all

disclosures of serious wrongdoing made in good faith will be taken seriously, treated as

confidential and managed without fear of retaliation. Anyone may also disclose directly

to an appropriate external authority, with processes and actions taken determined by

that authority – examples include the Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment,

Commissioner of Police, Serious Fraud Office or the Commerce Commission.

Artificial Intelligence

AI refers to computer systems that can perform tasks that typically require human

thinking, such as solving problems, learning from experience, and processing large

volumes of information. While PGW utilises specific AI tools in applications such as

SkyCount™, the majority of PGW staff interaction with AI tools are through generative

AI, including large language models (LLMs) and image generation.

PGW embraces AI technologies but recognises the need to have a robust framework

to ensure a responsible approach by our staff, particularly around PGW’s security and

compliance obligations. To use AI tools, a short compulsory AI video must be viewed by

staff to ensure they have the essential skills to effectively and responsibly use AI. It also

provides an overview of the challenges and risks associated with AI and how to address

them. Staff are also provided guidance on how to structure prompts to improve the

usefulness of responses from LLMs. PGW utilises a secure enterprise environment by

design, which provides for the majority of our users’ needs and ensures that sensitive

information remains protected.

PGW acknowledges there is significant environmental footprint embedded in the

upstream supply chain for the delivery of these technologies. Training and deploying

large-scale AI models requires substantial computational resources, leading to

considerable energy and water consumption for datacentre cooling across cloud

infrastructure. PGW continues to monitor public reporting from companies providing

AI tools to better understand the environmental footprint. It is encouraging to see a

growing acknowledgement of this concern, with companies actively improving the

energy efficiency of their AI architecture and backing them with renewable energy

generation where practical.

Incident Management Plan | Te Mahere Whakahaere Takunetanga

PGW maintains an Incident Management Plan, which serves as a high-level

framework for management of significant events, incidents or crises. The Plan

assists the existing incident management team functions and ensures a continuity

of business function and service delivery for our customers. The Plan sets our

criteria surrounding incident management activation, the allocation of roles and

responsibilities, recovery strategies and reporting for PGW.

Supply Chain | Mekameka tuku

Greenhouse Gas Emissions

As a retail business our largest sustainability

impacts are outside of our direct operational

boundary, occurring both upstream and

downstream in our value chain. PGW

continues to undertake comprehensive

work to assess the scope 3 GHG emissions

profile of our value chain and intends to

publish this in FY26.

Due Diligence Assessments

PGW partners with a broad network of

leading international and national suppliers,

providing our customers access to over

30,000 market-leading brands and products.

While customer demand plays a role in

shaping our product offerings, PGW retains

full discretion over the suppliers we engage

with and the products we choose to stock.

This places a clear responsibility on PGW

to maintain a deep understanding of our

supply chain partners.

To uphold our commitment to ethical

sourcing and responsible business practices,

PGW has been progressively implementing

a robust due diligence framework. This

process is designed to assess and manage

the ethical and reputational risk profiles of

our suppliers, ensuring alignment with our

values and sustainability objectives.

PGW formally requests information

regarding supplier’s sustainability

governance approach, environmental

impacts, social impacts, GHG emissions and

modern slavery.

Traceability

Traceability is the ability to trace the source,

origin or production conditions of raw

materials and final products. As PGW is

a prominent part of the supply chain to

the agricultural and horticultural sectors,

traceability is fundamental to the integrity of

our business operations and to maintain the

trust of our customers. PGW works within

both legislative and voluntary frameworks

regarding product traceability, including the:

National Animal Identification and

Tracing Act 2012

Animal Products Act 1999

Agricultural Compounds and Veterinary

Medicines Act 1997

Food Act 2014

Wine Act 2003

Brand Reputation Compliance Global

Standards – Food Safety Standards

(voluntary)

The Quality Assurance Team and the

relevant business units drive compliance

to these frameworks, including monitoring,

sampling, batch tracking, traceability

exercises and product recall simulations.

The comprehensive suite of activities and

supporting systems provide our customers

with assurance and confidence over the

products we provide.

Nexan Group Acquisition

In July 2025, PGW acquired Nexan Group,

the manufacturer of a range of animal

health product brands. This strategic

investment reinforces PGW’s commitment

to supporting local manufacturing and

delivering high-quality innovative solutions

that help New Zealand farmers thrive.

PGW has partnered with Nexan for over a

decade, and its commitment to innovation

and rural communities aligns with PGW’s

vision and purpose. Through our Agritrade

wholesale business, PGW will continue to

distribute Nexan’s full product range which

are widely available through veterinary

practices and rural merchants across New

Zealand including PGW’s Retail network.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDPGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 29

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

GOVERNANCE

Agricultural Chemicals | Matū ahuwhenua
PGW supports agroecological crop protection

practices, increasing the use of biopesticides

and biological control agents alongside typical

agrichemical solutions. PGW has an important role to

play to demonstrate and promote solutions based on

science and evidence-based approaches.

PGW is a retailer for a range of agricultural chemicals

– compounds that are applied directly to plants and

soils for weed protection, pest and disease control, as

well as the promotion of growth. PGW is expanding

further into the agricultural chemical supply chain,

with a new BlueAG private label ag-chem range to be

sold through our Rural Supplies and Fruitfed Supplies

stores.

In New Zealand, the importation, manufacturing,

sale and use of agricultural chemicals is primarily

administered by the:

Agricultural Compounds and Veterinary

Medicines Act 1997

Biosecurity Act 1993

Health and Safety at Work Act 2015

Hazardous Substances and New Organisms

Act 1996.

PGW is a responsible provider of agricultural chemicals to customers in the

agricultural and horticultural sectors working within these New Zealand legislative

frameworks. PGW’s representative workforce, backed by our Technical Team assist

customers with advice on agricultural chemical use.

Notably, there have been several key changes to agricultural chemicals in New

Zealand in the past 12-months which impact PGW and its customers. This includes:

Phase out of Chlorpyrifos, a widely used organophosphate insecticide

beginning in July 2025. The Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) revoking

existing approvals with varying phase out periods.

Significant restrictions of chlorthal-dimethyl (DCPA), with the EPA issuing

a red alert recommending people stop using the product and opening a

consultation in August 2025 on a proposed ban on the herbicide.

Proposal to increase maximum residue levels (MRLs) across a broad range

of pesticides including glyphosate from the Ministry of Primary Industries.

Many agricultural chemicals are also classified as hazardous substances and need

to be appropriately stored and administered. Risk assessments and controls are

in place to minimise the inherent risks to people and the environment associated

with the substances. Controls can include (but are not limited to) handling licences,

emergency preparedness plans, segregation, separation, bunding and spill kits.

Where practical, PGW promotes the use of integrated pest management with

customers, encouraging the use of prevention control methods prior to chemical

applications. Where chemicals are to be used, the appropriate application method

is promoted to ensure accurate quantities can be applied.

Research and Development

PGW is committed to research and development in New Zealand, undertaking trials

in collaboration with cooperating farmers and growers for many years. PGW tests

how products perform in local conditions and trialling it alongside other products.

For farmers and growers, this provides a level of reassurance that when a new

product is used, it delivers results.

The PGW Research and Development Team is involved in product trials for two

or three years before the assessed product may gain registration for use in New

Zealand. When that product arrives in PGW retail stores, a sound knowledge of the

technical application of the product already exists amongst our rep workforce and

customers can be reassured the product has been objectively assessed.

PGW has recently announced it has taken up the lease of the Geelen Family Trust

Research Station, previous operated by Bayer Crop Science, in Hastings. The site

will be a dedicated hub for horticultural and agricultural research, by investing in

a dedicated site, it will enable PGW to expand on existing trial programmes and

implement more controlled and scalable research. We hope to share more about

the success of the facility, with the first results of trials expected from January 2026.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDPAGE 30

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

GOVERNANCE

Velvet racks, photographed by Don Parish

for the 2025 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDPGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 31

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

GRI CONTENT INDEX

GRI Content Index | Kaupapa Pūrongo Aowhānui

GRI 2: General Disclosures 2021

GRI StandardLocationOmission

2-1Organisational details4

2-2Entities included in the organisation’s sustainability reporting2

2-3Reporting period, frequency and contact point2

2-4Restatements of information2

2-5External assurance3

2-6Activities, value chain and other business relationships4

2-7Employees20-21

2-8Workers who are not employees20

2-9Governance structure and composition8-9

2-10Nomination and selection of the highest governance body8

2-11Chair of the highest governance body8

2-12Role of the highest governance body in overseeing the management of impacts8

2-13Delegation of responsibility for managing impacts8-9

2-14Role of the highest governance body in sustainability reporting2

2-15Conflicts of Interest29

2-16Communication of critical concerns8

2-17Collective knowledge of the highest governance body8

2-18Evaluation of the performance of the highest governance body8

2-19Remuneration policies23

2-20Process to determine remuneration23

2-21Annual total compensation ratio23

2-22Statement on sustainable development strategy28

2-23Policy commitments29

2-24Embedding policy commitments29

2-25Processes to remediate negative impacts29

2-26Mechanisms for seeking advice and raising concerns29

2-27Compliance with laws and regulations29-30

2-28Membership associations6

2-29Approach to stakeholder engagement6

2-30Collective bargaining agreements20

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

GRI StandardLocationOmission

3-1Process to determine material topics3

3-2List of material topics3

Workplace Health & Safety

3-3Management of material topics25

403-1Occupational health and safety management system25

403-2Hazard identification, risk assessment, and incident investigation25

403-3Occupational health services25

403-4

Worker participation, consultation, and communication on occupational

health and safety

25

403-5Worker training on occupational health and safety25

403-6Promotion of worker health25

403-7

Prevention and mitigation of occupational health and safety impacts

directly linked by business relationships

25

403-8Workers covered by an occupational health and safety management system25

403-9Work-related injuries25

403-10 Work-related ill health25

Product Traceability, Assurance & Lifecycle Management

3-3Management of material topics29

13-23Supply chain traceability29

Employee Diversity and Inclusion

3-3Management of material topics20

405-1Diversity of governance bodies and employees20, 24

405-2Ratio of basic salary and remuneration of women to men23-24

Waste and Hazardous Materials

3-3Management of material topics19

306-2Waste by type and disposal method19

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDPGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 32

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025

|

GRI CONTENT INDEX / GLOSSARY

Acronym / TermDefinition

$New Zealand Dollar

AEPAccredited Employers Programme

AIArtificial Intelligence

ASMAnnual Shareholders’ Meeting

BBNZBloch & Behrens Wool (NZ) Ltd

CEOChief Executive Officer

CO2Carbon Dioxide

CO2-eCarbon Dioxide Equivalent

CRDClimate-Related Disclosures

CTPClimate Transition Plan

DCPA

Dimethyl Tetrachloroterephthalate, also

known chlorthal-dimethyl

E PAEnvironmental Protection Authority

ESGEnvironment, Social, and Governance

ETSEmissions Trading Scheme

FENZFire and Emergency New Zealand

FY

Financial Year (ended or ending 30 June of the

relevant year)

GHGGreenhouse Gas Emissions

GRIGlobal Reporting Initiative

GRIPGenerating Real Industry Pathways

HFCsHydrofluorocarbons

HSEHealth Safety and Environment

Glossary | Rārangi Kupu

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021 – continued

GRI StandardLocationOmission

Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Decarbonisation

3-3Management of material topics16

305-1Direct (Scope 1) GHG emissions16

305-2Energy indirect (Scope 2) GHG emissions16

305-3Other indirect (Scope 3) GHG emissions–

PGW continues to

improve scope 3 data

quality, to be reported

in alignment with NZ

legislative timelines.

305-4GHG emissions intensity16

305-5Reduction of GHG emissions16

Partnerships and Supporting Communities

3-3Management of material topics20

401-1New employee hires and employee turnover21

401-2

Benefits provided to full-time employees that are not provided to

temporary or part-time employees

23

401-3Parental leave24

404-2Programs for upgrading employee skills and transition assistance programs22

404-3

Percentage of employees receiving regular performance and career

development reviews

21

Ecological Impacts of Agri-Chemicals

3-3Management of material topics30

Compliance with Legal & Regulatory Requirements

3-3Management of material topics29-30

Acronym / TermDefinition

HSWAHealth and Safety at Work Act 2015

ISOInternational Organisation for Standardisation

kWhKilowatt Hour

LLitres

LEDLight Emitting Diode

LLMLarge Language Model

LPGLiquified Petroleum Gas

MJMegajoule

MRLMaximum Residue Level

MWhMegawatt Hour

NZ CSNew Zealand Climate Standards

NZCESNew Zealand Energy Certificate System

NZDNew Zealand Dollar

NZXNew Zealand Stock Exchange

NZQANew Zealand Qualification Authority

PGWPGG Wrightson Limited

PHEVPlug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle

SDGSustainable Development Goal

tCO2-eTonnes of Carbon Dioxide Equivalent

TRIFRTotal Recordable Injury Frequency Rate

XRBExternal Reporting Board

Helping grow the country
Beaut day ahead, photographed by

Rachel Robinson for the

2025 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.